Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Gambling, Resorts & Casinos / Crown Resorts Ltd

Crown Resorts Ltd

cwn · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cwn
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Gambling, Resorts & Casinos
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · Crown Resorts Ltd
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
CROW N L IMITED
CROW N L IMITED
ANN UAL  REPORT  2008
ANNUAL  REPORT 2008

CONTENTS

Executive Chairman’s Letter 

Crown’s Gaming Portfolio 

Chief Executive Officer’s Report 

Australian Casinos
• Crown Melbourne 
• Burswood 

US Casino Acquisition
• Cannery Casino Resorts 

Joint Venture Businesses
• Melco Crown Entertainment 
• Gateway 
• Aspinalls 
• Betfair Australia 

• Other US Investments 

Community and the Environment 

Corporate Governance Statement 

Remuneration Report 

Directors’ Statutory Report 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Directors’ Declaration 

Financial Report 

Shareholder Information 

Additional Information 

Corporate Information 

1

2

4

8
13

16

17
19
20
20

20

21

24

32

53

63

64

66

67

131

133

Inside Back Cover

A NNUAL  GENERAL MEETING 

Tuesday 28th October, 11.00am River Room, Level 1, Crown Towers
8 Whiteman Street, Southbank Victoria 3006

FINA NC IA L CALENDAR 

Payment of fi nal dividend 
Annual General Meeting 
2009 interim results 

17 October 2008  
28 October 2008 
 Second half of February 2009

Crown Limited  ABN 39 125 709 953

 
Executive Chairman’s Letter

Dear fellow shareholder,

On behalf of your Board of Directors, I am pleased to present 
Crown Limited’s inaugural annual report as a publicly listed 
entity in its own right.

The year has marked an important milestone in Crown’s history 
with the separation of PBL into two separately listed companies. 
The move to a pure play gaming enterprise has allowed Crown 
to focus on developing its business strategy which is underpinned 
by high cash generating businesses in Australia, a conservative 
financial structure and increasing geographical diversification. 

J A M E S   P A C K E R
E X E C U T I V E   C H A I R M A N

Crown announced a full-year normalised net profit of $370.1 million for the financial 
year ended 30 June 2008. The Group’s wholly-owned and operated businesses, Crown 
Melbourne and Burswood, continue to perform well, delivering solid normalised 
EBITDA growth of 8.2 percent. 

In December 2007, Crown announced it had agreed to acquire 100 percent of 
Cannery Casino Resorts in the United States, subject to regulatory approval. Cannery 
has an attractive long-term growth profile which provides entry into the United States 
“locals” casino market and will further diversify Crown’s portfolio.

Melco Crown Entertainment Limited (MPEL) has shown significant improvement 
during the year. Crown Macau traded well in completing its first full year of operation. 
MPEL’s next development, City of Dreams, is on track to open in the first half of 2009. 

The acquisition of Gateway Casinos and Entertainment Inc (Gateway) in Canada 
was completed under a 50:50 joint venture with Macquarie Bank in November 2007. 
Gateway operates nine casinos across British Columbia and Alberta.

Since the end of the financial year, Crown has raised $1.0 billion of term debt which 
has extended the maturity profile of Crown’s debt portfolio.

The Directors have announced a final dividend of 29 cents per ordinary share, 
40 percent franked, which brings the total dividend for the year to 54 cents per share.

On behalf of the Board, I wish to thank the management and staff of Crown for their 
contribution to a successful and historic year for Crown Limited. I wish also to thank 
shareholders for their continued support.

p . 1

J A M E S   P A C K E R
E X E C U T I V E   C H A I R M A N

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08
CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

Crown’s Gaming Portfolio

MELBOURNE 
AUSTRALIA
100% OWNED

(cid:129)  2,500 slot machines
(cid:129)  350 table games
(cid:129)  Two hotels with 950 rooms
(cid:129)   Third hotel under 

construction (658 rooms)
(cid:129)   The Palms 900 seat showroom

(cid:129)   The Palladium 2000 

seat ballroom

(cid:129)  50 restaurants and bars
(cid:129)   International designer 

boutiques
(cid:129)  13 cinemas

PERTH AUSTRALIA
100% OWNED

(cid:129)   1,750 slot machines
(cid:129)  170 table games
(cid:129)  Two hotels with 693 rooms
(cid:129)  20,000 seat Burswood Dome

(cid:129)   Burswood Theatre 

& Convention Centre
(cid:129)  14 restaurants and bars
(cid:129)  Retail outlets

p . 2

PITTSBURGH AND 
LAS VEGAS USA. WILL BE 
100% OWNED, SUBJECT TO 
REGULATORY APPROVAL. 

(cid:129)   US “locals” casino operator 

with one casino in Pittsburgh 
and three in Las Vegas.
(cid:129)   The Meadows permanent 

facility in Pittsburgh is due 
for completion in April 2009.

(cid:129)   Eastside Cannery opened 

in Las Vegas in August 2008.

(cid:129)   Cannery will operate 

approximately 9,000 slot 
machines, 73 table games 
and 514 hotel rooms on 
completion of the Meadows 
permanent facility.

Crown’s Gaming Portfolio

MACAU

37.9 %

INTEREST

Crown Macau
(cid:129)  240 slot machines
(cid:129)   240 table games
Mocha Clubs
(cid:129)   A portfolio of gaming lounges 

operating approximately 
1,100 slot machines.

City of Dreams
(cid:129)   Upon completion in 2009 
it is expected to have 
1,500 slot machines 
and 550 table games.

CANADA
50% INTEREST

(cid:129)   Operates nine casinos 
in Western Canada.

(cid:129)   Gateway will operate more 
than 5,400 slot machines 
and over 200 tables together 
with 277 hotel rooms upon 
completion of current 
development projects.

p . 3

AUST & NZ
50% INTEREST

(cid:129)   Betfair Australasia operates 

a betting exchange for 
customers who are residents 
of Australia or New Zealand.

UK
50% INTEREST

(cid:129)   Aspinalls operates four 
casinos in the United 
Kingdom with a total 
of 200 slot machines 
and 120 table games.

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

 
Chief Executive Officer’s Report

In December 2007, Crown began its journey as an independent 
entity. Through its Australian experience at Crown Melbourne 
and at Burswood, Crown has a strong track record in the 
management and operation of world class casinos. This 
includes expertise in product optimisation, loyalty programs, 
effective direct marketing and key non-gaming activities. 
Crown has also built an extensive database of VIP High Roller 
players across the Asian region supported by an experienced 
sales network. Over many years, Crown’s reputation for 
high-level service and quality gaming facilities has earned 
it significant loyalty from this market.

R O W E N   C R A I G I E
C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E   O F F I C E R

For the 12 months to 30 June 2008, the Group reported a normalised net profit 
after tax (NPAT) of $370.1 million. The year’s reported net profit of $3,563.2 
million was impacted by the one-off results from discontinued operations and 
net non-recurring gains and asset write downs. 

For the year ended 30 June 2008
Operating revenue

Net operating expenses

Earning before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA)

Earning before interest and taxation (EBIT)

Net profi t after tax (NPAT)

*Normalised and excluding discontinued operations and non-recurring items

$million*
2,026.2

(1,437.4)

588.8

456.0

370.1

Operating cash flows generated were $570 million for the 12 months and net debt 
at 30 June 2008 was $16.0 million. 

Australian casinos

Crown Melbourne and Burswood continued to cement their leadership positions 
in the Australian casino industry by posting another solid set of results, featuring 
normalised EBITDA growth of 8.2 percent. 

Crown Melbourne reported gains of 6.4 percent in normalised EBITDA to 
$433.3 million. Reported EBITDA for the period was $444.1 million, reflecting 
an above theoretical win rate of 1.41 percent. Normalised revenue increased 
by 4.1 percent to $1,371.0 million, while reported revenue increased to 
$1,383.3 million.

Normalised EBITDA from Burswood was $195.3 million, up 12.6 percent on 
the prior year. Reported EBITDA for the period was $188.8 million, reflecting 
a below theoretical win rate of 1.27 percent which generated a negative impact 
of $6.5 million. Burswood’s normalised revenue increased by 14.2 percent over 
the previous year to $655.2 million. Reported revenue increased to $647.7 million.

p . 4

Chief Executive Offi  cer’s Report 

Continued

Crown Melbourne has been a proven earnings generator over the last decade and 
in the four years since its acquisition, EBITDA at Burswood has more than doubled 
(see Figures 1 and 2).

FIGURE 1

CROWN MELBOURNE 10 YEAR NORMALISED REVENUE 
AND EBITDA PERFORMANCE

FIGURE 2 

BURSWOOD 10 YEAR NORMALISED REVENUE 
AND EBITDA PERFORMANCE

Normalised Revenue

Normalised EBITDA
before Crown Ownership

Normalised EBITDA since
change in Ownership

Normalised Revenue

Normalised EBITDA
before Crown Ownership

Normalised EBITDA since
change in Ownership

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Smoking Bans Introduced

98

99

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

1500

1350

1200

1050

900

750

600

450

300

150

0

M
$
E
U
N
E
V
E
R
D
E
S
L
A
M
R
O
N

I

250

225

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

0

98

99

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

700

630

560

490

420

350

280

210

140

70

0

M
$
E
U
N
E
V
E
R
D
E
S
L
A
M
R
O
N

I

M
$

I

A
D
T
B
E
D
E
S
L
A
M
R
O
N

I

M
$

I

A
D
T
B
E
D
E
S
L
A
M
R
O
N

I

Crown is committed to maintaining the leading positions of these Australian 
operations and has a comprehensive capital expenditure program continuing over the 
next three years to accelerate the growth of both properties. 

Construction of a third hotel at Crown Melbourne is well underway and the upgrade 
of Crown Towers in Melbourne has commenced. Refurbishments of the main casino 
floors at both Crown Melbourne and Burswood are progressing steadily. 

United States casino acquisition

In December 2007, Crown agreed to acquire Cannery Casino Resorts in the United 
States (US) for US$1.75 billion on a cash and debt-free basis, subject to regulatory 
approval. Cannery operates in the “locals” gaming markets of Pittsburgh and Las 
Vegas, with a portfolio comprising the Meadows (temporary facility) in Pittsburgh, 
Cannery North, Rampart Casino and Eastside Cannery in Las Vegas. In April 2009, 
the Meadows permanent facility is due to open in Pittsburgh, in what is proving to 
be a very strong market. 

The licensing process in Nevada and Pennsylvania is progressing well and we are 
hopeful of settling the Cannery acquisition in the coming months. It is expected 
to be EPS and cash flow positive in the first full year of ownership, with an EBITDA 
contribution of approximately US$200 million expected in 2009/10.

Joint venture businesses

Melco Crown Entertainment Limited

Melco Crown Entertainment Limited (MPEL) has shown significant improvement 
during the year. Crown’s share of MPEL’s financial results for the period was a 
net loss of $5.4 million which was a significant improvement from a loss of 
$47.0 million reported in 2007.

CROWN LIMITED A NNUAL REPORT  2 008

p . 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Offi  cer’s Report 

Continued

Crown Macau traded well in completing its first full year of operations. It reported 
for the 2008 financial year an adjusted EBITDA1 of US$110.6 million, with trading 
in the second half generating US$116.8 million of reported adjusted EBITDA.

The Macau market exhibited exceptional growth, with revenue up 49.2 percent for the 
12 months to 30 June 2008. MPEL believes the recent announcements by the Central 
Government of China on visa restrictions are aimed at moderating that strong growth.

The Chief Executive of the Macau SAR has recently announced that the government 
intends capping the number of licensed casino operators “for the foreseeable future” 
and is ceasing further land grants for casino developments. It has also indicated 
a future regime which may cap both the number of tables and commission rates. 
MPEL is supportive of these changes.

MPEL is on track to open City of Dreams in the first half of 2009. We are very 
excited about this project and believe it will be a truly spectacular property. 

During the year, MPEL issued an additional 37.5 million American Depository 
Shares, raising approximately US$570 million. This diluted Crown’s holding 
from 41.4 percent to 37.9 percent. In addition, MPEL closed a fully syndicated 
US$1.75 billion debt facility, with recourse only to MPEL’s assets, of which 
US$500 million was drawn at 30 June 2008. 

Gateway

In November 2007, New World Gaming, a 50:50 joint venture between Crown and 
Macquarie Bank, completed the transaction to buy Canadian casino operator Gateway 
Casinos. The acquisition was completed with a total Crown outlay of $224 million, 
structured as $75 million equity and $149 million of subordinated debt. To complete 
the acquisition, New World Gaming secured seven year debt facilities of approximately 
C$1.1 billion with recourse solely to the joint venture assets.

Gateway’s contribution to Crown’s earnings for the year comprises an equity accounted 
loss of $6.0 million, offset by interest income of $9.2 million on subordinated debt, 
giving a net contribution of $3.2 million. Performance is expected to improve over 
the medium term following the implementation of operational improvements and 
the completion of property expansions and upgrades.

Aspinalls

Crown’s share of Aspinalls’ reported loss was $9.1 million. The result was impacted 
by the introduction of smoking bans from July 2007, increased casinos tax, a low 
win rate at Aspinalls Club in London and pre-opening costs at Swansea and Newcastle. 
Recent trading has improved with significantly higher VIP volumes at Aspinalls 
Club and Newcastle has traded profitably in the second half.

p . 6

Betfair Australasia

Crown holds a 50 percent interest in Betfair Australasia under a joint venture with 
The Sporting Exchange Limited, the world’s largest betting exchange. Betfair is the 
only licensed betting exchange in Australia and has operated under licence from 
the Tasmanian Government since February 2006.

Th  e Betfair Australasia business continues to build critical mass and has recently achieved 
cash break even. This is despite the negative impacts during the year of Equine 
Influenza and the severe marketing restrictions imposed on the business by legislation 
in various states. Betfair is in the process of challenging the legality of these restrictions.

 (1)  Adjusted EBITDA is earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortisation, pre-opening costs, stock based 

compensation cost and other non-operating income and expenses, as reported by MPEL.

Chief Executive Offi  cer’s Report 

Continued

Other US investments

Crown holds a 19.6 percent interest in Fontainebleau Resorts LLC, a United States 
venture that is developing a major new casino resort and entertainment complex in 
Las Vegas and redeveloping a hotel resort in Miami. In April 2008, Fontainebleau 
diluted its interest in Fontainebleau Miami through the sale of a 50 percent interest 
to Dubai-based Nakheel Hotels. 

During the year, Crown purchased a 4.9 percent fully diluted stake in Station Casinos 
and a 2.5 percent stake in Harrah’s Entertainment Inc.

Crown has completed a review of the carrying value of each of the above US casino 
investments (categorised under Australian Accounting Standards as “Available for 
Sale Financial Assets”). Th  is review has seen the book value of these assets written down 
to $462 million, with $181 million expensed and $77 million taken to foreign 
exchange reserves. Crown remains comfortable with the long-term prospects of each 
of these investments.

Crown has written off its $45 million investment in LVTI, a joint venture company 
in which Crown held a 37.5 percent interest, following LVTI’s decision not to exercise 
its option to acquire a 27 acre site in Las Vegas.

Debt refinancing

In August 2008, Crown announced it had raised $1.01 billion in new debt facilities. 
These new facilities have been used to partly repay Crown’s existing $2.15 billion 
Syndicated Loan Facility which is due to mature in August 2010. 

Crown has commenced a program to fix interest rate exposure for more than 
75 percent of its prospective net debt (post–Cannery settlement). Currently 
approximately $1 billion of debt denominated in US dollars has been fixed for 
between five and 12 years at a cost of approximately 5.9 percent per annum.

Outlook

Crown management’s focus over the coming twelve months will be on consolidating 
the performance of recent international acquisitions, delivering forecast earnings and 
managing the major capital expenditure programs at its existing Australian properties.

I would like to sincerely thank the Board, management and staff for their dedicated 
contribution in 2008.

R O W E N   C R A I G I E
C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E   O F F I C E R

More information

More information regarding calculations of normalised results is included in Crown’s 
2008 Full Year Results Announcement, which is available on Crown’s website at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Investors – Presentations and Briefings.

p . 7

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

AUSTRALIAN CASINO PROPERT IES

Crown Melbourne

Melbourne’s premier entertainment complex is 
recognised as one of the largest and most diverse 
in the southern hemisphere, attracting more than 
16 million visitors each year.

Overview

Crown Melbourne’s integrated facilities 
feature Crown Casino; the Crown 
Towers and Crown Promenade hotels; 
the Palladium, which is Australia’s largest 
ballroom; more than 50 restaurants 
and bars; an extensive collection of 
international designer boutiques and 
13 cinemas. Crown Melbourne holds 
a 99 year lease over the Crown Melbourne 
site to 2092 and is licensed to operate 
the casino to 2033.

Main floor gaming revenue for the year 
grew 5.7 percent to $801.8 million. 
This was in spite of the introduction 
of full smoking bans in bars on the main 
gaming floor and an increase in the 
Victorian Government gaming machine 
levy during the year. 

VIP commission program play 
decreased 3.5 percent (at theoretical) 
to $289.3 million on slightly reduced 
turnover of $21.4 billion. Non-gaming 
revenue growth of 8.1 percent to

$279.9 million was driven by an 
exceptionally strong result in both 
hotels and food and beverage. 
Operating margins increased from 
30.9 percent to 31.6 percent during 
the year, reflecting the strong growth 
in higher margin businesses.

Crown Melbourne property update

The staged upgrade of the Crown 
Melbourne complex continues. On the 
gaming floor, the table games department 
opened the first of a series of premium 
gaming areas which follows on from the 
opening of the Riverside Gaming Lounge 
in December 2006. Sho Noodle bar, 
Crown Melbourne’s newest and most 
exciting gaming floor dining experience, 
opened in August 2008. In addition, 
Caffe Corso, Tia To and East2West are 
the first of a series of new affordable 
outlets which opened in the complex. 
Crown Melbourne’s central food court 
also completed its transformation and 
is now open to the riverside, offering 
diversity in snacks and meals. During the 
year, world-class restaurants Nobu, Bistro 
Guillaume and Giuseppe Arnaldo & Sons, 
joined Rockpool Bar & Grill and Crown 
Melbourne’s other renowned restaurants 
to solidify its reputation as Melbourne’s 
pre-eminent dining destination.

p . 8p . 8

View of Crown Melbourne looking south from the CBD with an artist’s impression of the third hotel (currently under construction)

CROWN LIMITED A NNUAL REPORT  2 008
CROWN LIMITED A NNUAL REPORT  2 008

AUSTRALIAN CASINO PROPERTIES CO N TINUED

Crown Melbourne 
Continued

The upgrade of Crown Towers has 
commenced and construction of a new 
five star 658-room hotel is advancing 
steadily, which will bring the total 
rooms available at the complex to more 
than 1,600. 

These property upgrades will underpin 
future revenue growth at Crown Melbourne.

Local gaming and Crown Club 

The local table games business grew 
strongly this year, supported by steady 
growth in gaming machines. Poker 
continues its strong growth in popularity. 
Crown Melbourne is recognised as 
operating Australia’s leading poker room 
featuring one of the world’s largest and 
most prestigious poker tournaments, 
The Aussie Millions, which has become 
a fixture on Melbourne’s calendar of 
big events each January.

Crown Melbourne operates Crown Club, 
the largest gaming loyalty program in 
Australia, which promotes patronage 
across all of Crown Melbourne’s facilities. 

p . 10

Responsible gaming

Crown Melbourne is recognised by 
government agencies and the gaming 
industry as a world leader in responsible 
gaming. Initiatives pioneered at 
Crown Melbourne, such as its customer 
support centre, have been adopted by 
government agencies in Canada and 
casino operators in Australia and 
New Zealand because they are accepted 
as proven measures to help problem 
gamblers. The customer support 
centre and its programs continue 
to be developed, drawing on 
professional counsellors, leading 
academics and researchers. 

A high priority is placed on employee 
training in the areas of responsible 
gaming and casino awareness. A 
chaplaincy support service complements 
these activities.

Members of Crown Club who use 
gaming machines are encouraged to 
participate in Crown Melbourne’s 
responsible gaming program “Play Safe”, 
where they can nominate predetermined 
spending and time limits. 

Crown Melbourne supports the 
Victorian Responsible Gambling 
Ministerial Advisory Council, which 
was established in 2004 as a direct line 
of advice to government on problem 
gambling issues and research priorities. 
It is represented on various working 
groups of the Council. Crown 
Melbourne is also a member of the 
Australian Gaming Council and the 
Australasian Casino Association.

AUSTRALIAN CASINO PROPERT IES CONT IN U ED

Crown Melbourne 
Continued

awarded Top Hotel – Australia / Pacific 
in the U.S. Conde Nast Traveller 
Readers’ Choice Awards and the Best 
Business Hotel in Australia, as judged 
by readers of Business Asia Magazine. 

At Crown Promenade, all market 
segments recorded increases in room 
night activity, with the property’s average 
room rate achieving strong growth. 
The Promenade Conference Centre 
performed strongly, supported by the 
combined 900 room inventory across 
the two hotels. Crown Promenade won 
both the Victorian and the Australian 
2007 Tourism Awards for the Best 
Deluxe Accommodation.

Crown Melbourne’s third hotel is on 
track for completion mid-2010. It is 
expected to leverage its prime position 
next to the Melbourne Convention 
and Exhibition Centre. 

VIP commission program play

Crown Melbourne has one of the largest 
single-site VIP gaming operations in the 
world. The complex is strongly marketed 
throughout Asia, a feature of which 
is the promotion of Melbourne and 
Victoria as attractive tourist destinations.

Along with major events that Melbourne 
offers, Crown Melbourne hosts its own 
attractions to stimulate international 
VIP visitation. This covers activities like 
concerts, golf and baccarat tournaments, 
karaoke, gala balls and dinners with 
world renowned chefs, lucky draws and 
other competitions and promotions.

Sales resources have been expanded in 
Greater China, including Hong Kong 
and Macau to capitalise on emerging 
opportunities. Select customers have 
access to Crown Towers Villas, the 
Crown corporate jet services, the 
private golf course Capital, as well 
as Crown Towers luxurious spa, 
international standard shopping 
and world class restaurants.

Hotels and conferences

Crown Towers maintained its leading 
position in the luxury five-star hotel 
segment and Crown Promenade has 
cemented its position as Melbourne’s 
leading four-and-a-half star hotel. 
Hotel occupancy at Crown Towers was 
90 percent with an average room rate 
of $294 and at the Crown Promenade 
94 percent and $203 respectively.

At Crown Towers, the corporate and 
conferencing segments contributed the 
most significant increases, and average 
room rates also grew across all market 
segments. This year, Crown Towers was 

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

p . 11

AUSTRALIAN CASINO PROPERTIES CO N TINUED

Crown Melbourne 
Continued

Restaurants and bars

Food and beverage operations at Crown 
Melbourne achieved outstanding growth, 
particularly from bars and banqueting. 
At the 2008 Victorian Restaurant and 
Catering Awards for Excellence, Crown 
Melbourne’s Food and Beverage team 
was inducted into the Hall of Fame 
following its third consecutive award for 
Excellence in Professional Development.

Since year-end, four of Crown Melbourne’s 
high performing restaurants were awarded 
the 2009 Age Good Food Guide’s coveted 
chef ’s hats: Bistro Guillame, Rockpool Bar 
& Grill, the brasserie by Philippe Mouchel 
and Giuseppe Arnaldo & Sons. In addition, 
Bistro Guillaume was named Best New 
Restaurant and Giuseppe Arnaldo & Sons 
won Best New Interior Design.

Crown Melbourne’s more established 
restaurants continue to demonstrate the 
quality and breadth of our offering. 
Koko, Silks, Number 8 and the brasserie 
by Philippe Mouchel were all recipients of 
esteemed industry awards during the year. 

Crown Melbourne’s new entertainment 
venue, Fusion, opened in November 
2007 and the well established Odeon 
is currently undergoing refurbishment 
and will reopen in November 2008. 

Entertainment and events

Crown Melbourne presented a diverse 
range of shows, events, festivals, attractions 
and exhibitions. The Palladium ballroom 
hosted a significant number of high 
profile charity events including the ever 
popular ‘Million Dollar Lunch’ and 
‘Starry Starry Night’ with each event 
attended by over 1,000 guests. It was also 
venue of choice for the TV Week Logie 
Awards, the AFL Brownlow Medal, the 
Cricket Australia Allan Border Medal, the 
Formula 1 Australian Grand Prix Ball and 
a variety of Victoria Racing Club Spring 
Carnival events including the Call of the 
Card and the Oaks Club Ladies Lunch.

New for the 2007 Melbourne Cup Carnival 
was Crown Melbourne’s “Live Site” at 
Southbank, which attracted an estimated 
80,000 people over the eight days and 
featured all the racing action on a super 
screen, live entertainment, celebrities, 
fashion parades, roving performers, 
press conferences and giveaways. 

Other events included the Christmas 
Spectacular in the Atrium, Chinese 
New Year festivities on the riverside, as 
well as the ‘My Last Supper’ photography 
exhibition and associated dining hosted by 
leading Crown Melbourne chefs as part of 
the Melbourne Food and Wine Festival.

For the second consecutive year, Crown 
Melbourne joined the State Government 
of Victoria and the City of Melbourne as 
a Venue Partner in the 2008 Melbourne 
Jazz Festival. Celebrating its 10th 
anniversary, the festival was an action-
packed six day program, featuring 
legendary jazz performers playing in 
some of Melbourne’s finest venues 
including The Palms at Crown. 

Our people

Crown Melbourne is Victoria’s largest 
single-site employer. It is focused on 
attracting and retaining staff, building 
organisational capability and providing 
a safe and rewarding workplace for all 
employees. A key initiative this year 
was the launch of the Leadership 
Development Program to develop 
supervisory and leadership skills for 
employees in customer facing roles. 
Crown Melbourne’s commitment to the 
training and development of staff was 
recognised by the 2008 Minister’s Award 
for Excellence for Employers of Australian 
Apprentices. Crown Melbourne’s Chef 
Apprentices were also recognised in the 
prestigious Capaldi Apprentice Challenge, 
a competition which determines the best 
apprentices in Victoria.

p . 12

AUSTRALIAN CASINO PROPERT IES CONT IN U ED

Burswood

Burswood Entertainment Complex is a major 
Western Australian tourist attraction and 
a significant tourist revenue earner with one 
of the best performing casinos in the region.

Overview

Established in 1985 and acquired by PBL 
in 2004, Burswood is the fastest growing 
earnings contributor in Crown’s portfolio. 
Located on the banks of the Swan River 
in Perth, the complex features a casino; 
InterContinental Perth Burswood and 
Holiday Inn Burswood hotels; seven 
restaurants; seven bars; a nightclub; 
a world-class convention centre; a 
2,300-seat theatre; a 20,000-seat capacity 
indoor stadium; a day spa and retail 
outlets. Burswood owns the land on 
which the casino is built and is licensed 
to operate the casino until at least 2060.

Burswood continues to build on its 
diversifi ed entertainment credentials in the 
local, national and international markets 
through the development and expansion 
of its total off er. Th  e redevelopment and 
upgrade of the main gaming fl oor will 
continue over the next three years. 

Main floor gaming revenue grew 
11.5 percent to $370.4 million and 
VIP commission program play was 
up 23.2 percent to $125.6 million 
on turnover of $9.3 billion, with the 
new international gaming salons being 
well received by patrons. Non-gaming 
revenue growth of 14.2 percent to 
$159.2 million was particularly strong. 

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

p . 13

AUSTRALIAN CASINO PROPERTIES CO N TINUED

Burswood 
Continued

Operating margins at Burswood 
decreased slightly from 30.2 percent 
to 29.8 percent, reflecting the tight 
labour market in Perth which has 
increased wage and overtime costs, 
higher marketing costs and an increase 
in lower margin VIP commission 
program business. 

in the national Responsible Gambling 
Awareness Week, improvements to 
the self-exclusion program and gaming 
personnel training were successful 
in promoting awareness. Work is 
underway for a new Responsible 
Service of Gambling Information 
Centre for patrons of Burswood.

Local gaming and Club Burswood

VIP commission program play

Local gaming earnings continued to 
grow, with solid contributions from 
both table games and electronic games. 
Underpinning performance was the 
opening of the Riviera Room in July 
2007 and the continuing refurbishment 
of the main gaming floor.

Solid revenue growth was achieved 
in international gaming through a 
stronger sales and marketing campaign, 
together with the introduction of two 
new $4 million Infinity Suites at 
InterContinental Perth Burswood 
to high-end customers from Asia.

A comprehensive international event 
schedule included a Passport to Golf 
promotion featuring seven golf 
tournaments, the annual Baccarat 
Tournament, and elaborate Chinese 
New Year festivities. 

Hotel properties

InterContinental Perth Burswood 
maintained its position as the leading 
luxury hotel in Perth. The continued 
integration of Holiday Inn Burswood 
as the mid-scale accommodation offer 
contributed also to increased leisure and 
corporate spend. The extensive global 
branding and guest loyalty program 
from both hotels attracted guests to 
the complex.

Electronic gaming continued its new 
product growth, with approval for 10 
new games in 2008. The table games 
department expanded the Touchbet links, 
introduced Texas Hold’Em Progressive and 
installed a new Rapid Baccarat product 
in the second half, which has shown 
steady results. Membership of Burswood’s 
loyalty program, Club Burswood, 
grew strongly during the year. The 
introduction of improved offers and 
promotions proved successful. 

Responsible gaming

Burswood is committed to providing 
responsible gaming services through the 
promotion of effective and responsible 
gambling programs, information, 
assistance and services. It has continued 
to implement initiatives to reinforce this 
commitment following the appointments 
of a community relations manager and 
an experienced adviser.

A new dedicated web site, 
gambleresponsibly.com.au, was 
developed and launched. Participation 

p . 14

AUSTRALIAN CASINO PROPERT IES CONT IN U ED

Burswood 
Continued

Hotel occupancy at InterContinental 
Perth Burswood was 78 percent with 
an average room rate of $223 and 
at the Holiday Inn it was 89 percent 
and $173 respectively. These solid levels 
across both properties were assisted by 
growth in city-wide market demand 
driven by stronger than expected 
corporate travel and an increase 
in leisure arrivals by air. 

Restaurants and bars

Burswood’s restaurants and bars portfolio 
continued to deliver exceptional growth. 
A continued focus on the delivery of 
contemporary, innovative and diversified 
product offerings underpinned the result, 
highlighted by the opening of MINQ Bar 
and Lounge in August 2007 and Carbon 
Sports Bar in December 2007. 

Effective advertising, additional traffic 
generated from the main gaming floor 
and a comprehensive marketing and 
event programs in all key outlets have 
contributed to the strong performance. 
Established restaurants Yú, Victoria 
Station, Atrium and (A)LURE were 
all nominated for multiple AHA and 
industry awards throughout the year.

A key initiative during the year was the 
introduction of dedicated Responsible 
Service of Alcohol Officers responsible 
for patrolling the complex during peak 
operating hours. 

Entertainment and events

Major events presented at Burswood 
included the opening and closing parties 
for Miss Saigon, the launch of the Perth 
Fashion Festival held in Sirocco Restaurant, 
the (A)LURE Lawn party at Ascot’s 
Spring Racing Carnival, the ‘Zestinations’ 
series in the Atrium, a two-day Hawker’s 
Bazaar and a premium dining series 
shared across the portfolio. Burswood also 
hosted various high profile charity events 
and record cover numbers were achieved 
during the festive season. 

Burswood Dome and Burswood 
Theatre performed solidly, driven by 
the strong West Australian economy 
and high Australian dollar appealing 
to promoters. Contributing to the 
success was Burswood Dome’s unique 
position as the only large capacity 
concert venue with weather protection 
in Perth, underpinned by comprehensive 
technical and marketing support. The 
accomplishments of the entertainment 
team were recognised by its second 
consecutive AHA Award for Excellence 
in Live Entertainment.

Conventions and events saw strong 
growth continue. The Astral, Burswood’s 
refurbished ballroom, further added 
to performance credentials in this 
financial year recording increased 
revenues significantly. 

p . 15

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

US CASINO ACQ UISITION

Cannery 

(pending – subject to regulatory approval)

Cannery Casino Resorts operates casinos in 
Pennsylvania and Nevada in the United States, 
catering to “locals” customers.

Overview

Crown agreed in December 2007 to 
acquire 100 percent of Cannery Casino 
Resorts on a cash and debt-free basis for 
US$1,752 million plus acquisition 
costs. This transaction is subject to 
regulatory approval.

Cannery is a well established US “locals” 
casino operator, operating the Meadows, 
Pittsburgh (temporary facility), Cannery 
North, Rampart (leased property) and 
the recently opened Eastside Cannery 
in Las Vegas. A permanent facility for the 
Meadows is due to open in April 2009.

Current trading performance

Crown has not yet settled the acquisition 
and has therefore not reported earnings from 
Cannery. Th  e existing Cannery management 
have provided recent trading data.

Th  e Meadows has continued to improve its 
operating performance as the year has 
progressed, with revenue in July 2008 up 
18 percent on last July (the first available 
year-on-year monthly comparison). 
Cannery North and Rampart have 
performed comparatively well in their 
markets. Total revenue in the seven months 
from January to July 2008 is less than 

one percent below the previous corresponding 
seven month period, despite the overall 
Las Vegas “locals” market being down 
approximately 5 percent in the six 
months ended 30 June 2008.

Outlook

On completion of the Meadows 
development, Cannery will operate 
approximately 9,000 slot machines and 
73 table games, together with 514 hotel 
rooms. The market in Pennsylvania 
remains an immature one and is expected 
to continue to grow strongly in the 
coming year. 

Eastside Cannery is the first new property 
in 10 years on the Boulder Strip, 
Las Vegas and we expect it to perform 
well in that market. 

Crown is hopeful of receiving approvals 
from the Nevada and Pennsylvania 
Gaming Control Boards in the coming 
months and finalising this acquisition 
shortly thereafter. It is expected that the 
Cannery acquisition will be EPS and 
cash flow positive in the full first year 
of ownership. Cannery EBITDA in 
2009/10 is expected to be approximately 
US$200 million.

p . 16

Melco Crown 
Entertainment

Melco Crown Entertainment (NASDAQ:MPEL) 
is an owner and developer of casino gaming and 
entertainment resort facilities that are focused on 
the rapidly expanding gaming market in Macau.

Macau is a Special Administrative Region 
of the People’s Republic of China located 
on the southeast coast approximately 
60 kms from Hong Kong. As the only 
Chinese territory where gaming is legal, 
gaming revenue in Macau has grown 
substantially. For the year to 30 June 2008 
gaming revenue was up 49.2 percent, 
with visitation to the region up 20.9 percent 
to 29.3 million visitors. During the year 
the Central Government of China 
introduced a number of visa restrictions 
aimed at moderating that strong growth.

The Chief Executive of the Macau 
SAR has recently announced that the 
government intends capping the number 
of licensed casino operators “for the 
foreseeable future” and is ceasing further 
land grants for casino developments. It 
has also indicated a future regime which 
may cap both the number of tables and 
commission rates. MPEL is supportive 
of these changes.

p . 17

Overview

Crown currently holds a 37.9 percent 
equity interest in Melco Crown 
Entertainment (MPEL), a joint venture 
between Crown and Melco International 
Development Limited. MPEL was listed 
on the NASDAQ in December 2006.

MPEL’s financial performance has 
showed significant improvement 
during the 2007/08 year. Crown’s share 
of MPEL’s financial results was a loss 
of $5.4 million, down from a loss of 
$47.0 million reported in 2006/07. 
Crown Macau traded well in completing 
its first full year of operations. 

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

Melco Crown 
Entertainment 
Continued

one and two have been let to 
subcontractors and all four hotels have 
topped out, with interior fit out work 
well underway. Pre-opening costs of 
approximately US$110 million is 
expected to be incurred and expensed 
by MPEL in Crown Limited’s 2008/09 
financial year. These will have a one-off 
adverse impact of approximately $45-50 
million on Crown Limited’s result in 
that year.

Macau Peninsula

MPEL has entered into a contract, 
subject to conditions, to acquire a site 
on the Macau Peninsula. MPEL 
continues to review and develop its plans 
for the development of the Macau 
Peninsula project and has recently 
negotiated an extension for its purchase. 
This extension provides additional 
flexibility in the timing for the closing 
of the transaction and preserves the 
company’s ability to complete the 
transaction through July 2009, subject 
to various closing conditions. MPEL 
believes that the Macau government’s 
recent policy announcements will not 
aff ect this project.

Mocha Clubs

Mocha Clubs comprises a number of 
gaming lounges in Macau operating 
approximately 1,100 slot machines.

Crown Macau, Taipa

The first of MPEL’s casino properties is 
the six-star Crown Macau, which opened 
in May 2007. Reported adjusted EBITDA 
for Crown Macau was US$110.6 million, 
with trading in the second half generating 
a pleasing US$116.8 million of reported 
adjusted EBITDA.

City of Dreams, Cotai

MPEL is developing a second casino 
property, City of Dreams, located on 
the Cotai strip. The first phase of City 
of Dreams is scheduled to open in the 
first half of 2009. Over 90 percent of 
the hard costs associated with phases 

p . 18

Gateway

Gateway Casinos is one of the largest casino and 
entertainment companies in Western Canada.

Overview

New developments 

There are a number of projects in the 
development pipeline: the new Burnaby 
Grand Villa Casino, scheduled to open 
in late 2008; the expanded Cascades 
Casino, to be completed in late 2008; 
the new Vernon Casino, opening 
mid-2009; and expanded Kelowna 
Casino and new Kamloops Casino, 
both scheduled for completion in 2010. 
On completion of these new developments, 
Gateway will operate more than 5,400 
slot machines and over 200 tables, 
together with 277 hotel rooms.

Outlook

Crown expects to see improved 
performance as additional capacity 
comes on line from new properties 
and expansions. Crown expects that 
the Gateway business will be a 
profitable long-term investment. 

Crown holds a 50 percent equity 
interest in Gateway Casinos following 
its acquisition in November 2007 
by New World Gaming, a 50:50 
joint venture between Crown 
and Macquarie Bank. 

Gateway Casinos operates seven casinos 
in British Columbia and two casinos 
in Alberta. These are operated under 
a unique business partnership model 
required under Canadian law whereby 
the Provincial Government owns the 
slot machines and tables, while Gateway 
collects an agreed share of gross gaming 
revenue. Additional compensation 
is received by Gateway in British 
Columbia to reimburse capital 
expenditure until the original amount 
is recovered. This usually takes five 
to eight years. Gateway retains 
ownership of the asset.

Operating performance

Trading at Gateway over the seven 
months since acquisition was negatively 
impacted by the introduction of full 
smoking bans in April 2008, the new 
Starlight property (which opened 
in December 2007) trading below 
expectations and delays in 
implementing previously identified 
operational improvements.

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

p . 19

Aspinalls

Crown holds a 50 percent interest in Aspinalls 
under a joint venture with the Aspinall Group, 
Britain’s longest established gaming operator. 
Aspinalls currently operates four casinos in 
the United Kingdom: Aspinalls Club in 
London’s Mayfair; and three regional casinos 
in Newcastle, Swansea (opened in September 
2007) and Northampton (opened in June 
2008 under a joint venture with Kerzner UK).

Trading during the past year was impacted 
by the introduction of smoking bans in 
July 2007, an increase in the levels of casino 
tax, a low win rate at Aspinalls Club and pre-
opening costs for Swansea and Northampton. 
Recent trading has improved with 
significantly higher VIP volumes at Aspinalls 
Club and Newcastle has traded profitably in 
the second half. Further revenue enhancing 
strategies are being implemented in order 
to improve performance.

Betfair Australasia 

Crown holds a 50 percent interest in Betfair 
Australasia under a joint venture with Th  e 
Sporting Exchange Limited, the world’s 
largest betting exchange. 
Betfair is the only licensed betting exchange in 
Australia and has operated under licence from 
the Tasmanian Government since February 
2006. For the past 12 months, revenue grew 
13 percent to $23.1 million despite some 
signifi cant challenges. Th  ese were the negative 
impact of Equine Infl uenza on horse racing, 
together with a ban on betting exchanges in 
Western Australia which was unanimously 
overturned by the High Court of Australia 
in March 2008. 

Betfair has subsequently reinstated its business 
in Western Australia and has challenged 
advertising restrictions in New South Wales 
and Victoria.
Betfair is now experiencing strong underlying 
growth, with registrations up 94 percent, 
funded accounts up 62 percent and active 
customers up 43 percent in June 2008. 
Th  e company also recently launched the 
“Tote at Betfair” web interface and has 
fi nalised agreements with all major sporting 
and racing bodies in Australia. Betfair 
employs 100 people in Hobart and Melbourne.

Other US Investments

Crown holds a 19.6 percent equity interest in 
Fontainebleau Resorts, which is constructing a 
casino resort on the strip in Las Vegas, scheduled 
to open in late 2009. Fontainebleau also owns 
a 50 percent interest in a resort hotel complex in 
Miami, following the sale of 50 percent to Dubai-
based Nakheel Hotels for US$375 million in 
April 2008. Fontainebleau Miami is undergoing 
a major renovation and will open in late 2008. 
Crown purchased a 4.9 percent fully diluted 
stake in Station Casinos, which pioneered the 
“locals” gaming market in 

Las Vegas and caters primarily to local workers 
and residents. The Station Casinos franchise 
includes eight major gaming and entertainment 
complexes and fi ve smaller casinos.
Crown also purchased a 2.5 percent stake 
in Harrah’s Entertainment Inc. Harrah’s is 
the world’s largest provider of branded casino 
entertainment, owning or managing casino 
resorts on four continents. Th  e company’s 
properties operate primarily under the 
Harrah’s, Caesars and Horseshoe brand names. 

p . 20

Community and the 
Environment 

The community
Crown is proud to support the local 
communities in which it operates 
through financial and in-kind donations, 
participation and support of non-profit 
events, employee volunteer contributions 
and sponsorships.

Crown Melbourne

Crown Melbourne contributes to the 
Victorian community through its 
financial support of community 
organisations and charities including 
the Royal Children’s Hospital (including 
the RCH 1000 and the Neonatal Unit 
programs), the Heartwell Foundation, 
Make-A-Wish and KOALA Foundation 
(Kids Oncology and Leukaemia Action 
Group), Open Family Australia, 
Challenge, Kids Under Cover and the 

A highlight this year included hosting 
two of Australia’s largest and most 
successful fundraising initiatives: the 
KOALA Foundation’s annual Million 
Dollar Lunch and the Ilhan Food 
Allergies Foundation’s Rainbow Ball. 
A combined total of over $3 million 
dollars was raised to boost research, aid 
and awareness nationally for both causes.

Crown Melbourne actively participates 
in numerous community-based projects. 
One project is the Victorian Safer 
Communities Network and the 
Australian Safer Communities 
Foundation. This year it was a founding 
member of the ReTALE Project which 
identifies homeless youth to offer 
opportunities for training and work 
experience to enhance their employment 
prospects for the future. 

Neuroscience Foundation. Crown 
Melbourne also assists hundreds of 
community-based associations, from 
schools and sporting clubs to fire 
brigades, police units and ethnic groups, 
by donating in-kind prizes, such as 
accommodation, for fundraising activities. 

p . 21

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

Community and the 
Environment 
Continued

Burswood

Burswood contributes to the Western 
Australian community under its community 
partnerships program, ‘A Brighter Future’. 
With 80 percent of front line staff  between 
18 and 30 years of age, Burswood’s current 
focus is on supporting this demographic, 
with the aim of making a sustainable 
difference to a group that is representative 
of the future. 

‘A Brighter Future’ targets a cross section 
of issues and projects relevant to young 
people. In 2008, Burswood launched 
Young Artists With Artitude, part of 
Telethon Speech and Hearing’s high 

Funds, resources and services continue 
to be donated to a range of community-
based projects, events and local charities. 
Burswood supported many community 
partners by hosting their annual gala 
fund-raising events. This year’s highlights 
were the annual Ronald McDonald House 
Charities Ball and the annual Youth Focus 
Ball, which raised funds to assist in the 
prevention of youth suicide and 
depression. This year, a record number 
of staff participated in the annual ‘Walk 
To Cure,’ in support of the Juvenile 
Diabetes Research Foundation. 

Burswood continues its sponsorship 
program to support local businesses and 
sporting organisations. These included 
the West Coast Eagles and Fremantle 
Dockers AFL clubs, the Western Force 
Super 14 Rugby Union team and the 
Western Australian Olympic Council 
in the lead-up to the Beijing Olympic 
Games. Burswood Dome also hosted 
the 20th Hyundai Hopman Cup 
tennis tournament.

profile Art exhibition held at Burswood 
and giving local artists a high profile 
platform to exhibit their work. 
Burswood also sponsored STYLEAID 
in 2008, a fashion fundraiser to benefit 
the Western Australian Aids Council. 
The WAAC provides a range of services 
to the Western Australian community, 
including care and support for HIV 
positive people and educational programs. 

p . 22

Community and the 
Environment 
Continued

The environment
Crown is committed to make meaningful 
contributions toward reducing its 
environmental impact by pursuing 
sustainable energy, water and waste 
practices in all of its operations. This 
commitment is consistent with the 
objectives to create memorable experiences 
and enhance shareholder value.

Crown Melbourne

While the business experienced strong 
operational growth, Crown Melbourne’s 
water consumption remained steady 
at 2007 levels, which were 20 percent 
less than the previous year. Crown’s 
updated and approved waterMAP plan 
continues to improve efficiencies. New 
initiatives during the year included the 
introduction of rainwater harvesting 
systems, which were commissioned to 
further increase self-sufficiency and 
meet landscaping and back-of-house 
requirements. Employees participated 
in a water-efficient shower head 
exchange program that was run in 
conjunction with South East Water. 

Energy assessments were carried out 
in accordance with the Commonwealth 
Government’s Energy Efficiencies 
Opportunities program and a number 
of large-scale lighting projects made 
an important contribution to energy 
efficiency across the site. One of these 
was the upgrade of all lights in the 
3,400-bay multi-level car park to 
energy efficient lamps.

Waste reduction efforts continued to 
build momentum with almost 250 
tonnes of food waste diverted to a 
natural recovery (or composting) facility 
instead of landfill. Crown Melbourne 

also hosted a sustainability workshop 
during the year facilitated by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers. The 
workshop generated more than 
100 opportunities for energy efficiency 
that are currently being evaluated.

Burswood

Reducing Burswood’s environmental 
impact remained a core aim throughout 
this period of significant investment 
and construction. 

Key focuses this year were lighting 
projects to retrofit energy efficient 
lighting in addition to the introduction 
of a building management system to 
monitor air-conditioning and electrical 
energy usage across the property. 

Water audits by an external agency were 
conducted across the complex resulting 
in significant water savings and an 
increase in water efficiency scores. 
In addition, a bore was installed which, 
in conjunction with complex-wide water 
saving initiatives, will provide a one 
mega-litre reduction in scheme water 
usage annually. 

p . 23

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

Corporate Governance Statement

The Crown Limited Board is committed to the implementation and maintenance of good corporate 
governance practices.

Crown was admitted to the official list of the ASX on 3 December 2007 (Listing) and has been 
subject to the ASX Listing Rules since that time.

As a newly listed entity, Crown has taken the opportunity to establish structured corporate 
governance practices appropriate to Crown and the industry in which it operates.

Th  is Statement sets out the extent to which Crown Limited (Crown) has followed the best practice 
recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council during the period commencing 
from its Listing to 30 June 2008.

Crown has elected to report against the Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations 
(Revised Principles) released by the Council on 2 August 2007.

Principle 1
Lay solid foundations for management and oversight

Functions reserved for the Board

The Board is responsible for guiding and monitoring Crown on behalf of its shareholders. 
In addition, the Board is responsible for identifying areas of significant business risk and 
ensuring arrangements are in place to adequately manage those risks.

The Board has adopted a formal Board Charter which sets out a list of specific functions which 
are reserved for the Board.

Functions delegated to Senior Management

Management has responsibility for matters which are not specifically reserved for the Board 
(such as the day-to-day management of the operations and administration of Crown). 

Process for evaluating performance of senior executives

Crown has established processes for evaluating the performance of its senior executives. In summary, 
each senior executive is evaluated against the achievement of pre-agreed performance objectives. 
The evaluation process is conducted annually and is followed by the determination of appropriate 
remuneration of the relevant senior executive. 

Detailed information regarding Crown’s remuneration practices is provided in the Remuneration Report, 
commencing at page 33.

p . 24

Induction process for new senior executives

Crown senior executives are required to undertake formal induction training through Crown’s 
on-site accredited training facility – Crown College.

The program involves training about:

•  the history and development of the Crown brand and business;

•  the main legal and regulatory obligations affecting the Crown business; and

•  the rights and obligations of Crown employees.

As part of the induction program, senior executives are required to successfully complete a series 
of online training modules and to pass the associated assessment.

More information

A full copy of the Crown Board Charter is available on its website at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

Principle 2
Structure the board to add value

Composition of the Board

As at the date of this Statement, the Board comprises the following eleven directors:

•  James D Packer 

Executive Chairman

•  John H Alexander BA 

Executive Deputy Chairman

•  Christopher J Anderson BEc 

Non-independent, non-executive Director

•  Christopher D Corrigan 

Independent, non-executive Director

•  Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons) 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

•  Rowena Danziger BA, TC, MACE 

Independent, non-executive Director

•  Geoffrey J Dixon 

Independent, non-executive Director

•  Ashok P Jacob MBA 

Non-independent, non-executive Director

•  Michael R Johnston BEc, CA 

Non-independent, non-executive Director

•  David H Lowy AM, BCom 

Independent, non-executive Director

•  Richard W Turner AM, BEc, FCA 

Independent, non-executive Director

Information about each director’s qualifications, experience and period in office is set out in the 
Directors’ Statutory Report, commencing at page 56.

The roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer are exercised by separate persons. James Packer acts 
as Executive Chairman and Rowen Craigie as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director.

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

p . 25

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMEN T CO NT INU ED

Relationships affecting independence

Of Crown’s eleven directors, five are independent directors. The independence of directors is assessed 
against a list of criteria and materiality thresholds. Those criteria have been formally enshrined in the 
Crown Board Charter. Each director who is listed as an independent director complies with the 
relevant criteria for independence set out in the Crown Board Charter.

Departure from Recommendation 2.1:  The Revised Principles recommend that a majority of the 
Board should be independent directors. Crown does not comply with this recommendation. The 
Board, however, considers that its shareholders are best served by ensuring that directors have 
appropriate skills and experience to manage the business of Crown, notwithstanding that they may 
not be characterised as independent. Almost half of Crown’s directors are, however, independent. 
In addition, all directors have access to independent advice to assist in the discharge of their duties 
(see further below).

Departure from Recommendation 2.2:  The Revised Principles recommend that the chair of the 
Board should be an independent director. Crown’s Chairman is not an independent director. 
The Board believes that the interests of shareholders are best served by a Chairman who would 
be sanctioned by shareholders and who would act in the best interests of shareholders as a whole. 
As the Chairman has a significant relevant interest in Crown, he is well placed to act on behalf 
of shareholders and in their best interests.

Procedure for selection and appointment of new directors

In the event that a new director appointment is required, the Board will adhere to procedures 
including the following:

•  the experience and skills appropriate for an appointee, having regard to those of the existing Board 

members and likely changes to the Board will be considered;

•  upon identifying a potential appointee, specific consideration will be given to that candidate’s:

•  competencies and qualifications;

•  independence;

•  other directorships and time availability; and

•  the effect that their appointment would have on the overall balance and composition of the 

Board; and

•  finally, all existing Board members must consent to the proposed appointment.

p . 26

Departure from Recommendation 2.4:  The Revised Principles recommend that the Board should 
establish a Nomination Committee. The Board has not established a Nomination Committee as it 
does not consider that the process for determining potential directors would be made more efficient 
by doing so. The appointment of new directors is a matter specifically reserved to the Board. 
In appropriate circumstances, the Board may delegate some or all of this process to a relevant Committee.

Process for evaluating performance of the Board, its Committees and its members

A performance evaluation of the Board and of its Committees is undertaken annually, following completion 
of each fi nancial year, by way of a questionnaire sent to each Board and Committee member.

The questionnaire covers the role, composition, procedure and practices of the Board and its 
Committees. The individual responses to the questionnaire are confidential to each Board/Committee 
member, with questionnaire responses to be provided to the Chairman of the Audit & Corporate 
Governance Committee for his consideration and provision to the Executive Chairman of the Board.

Procedures for taking independent advice

To enable Crown’s Board to fulfil its role, each director may obtain independent advice on relevant 
matters at Crown’s expense. In these circumstances, the director must notify the Executive Chairman 
of the nature of the advice sought prior to obtaining that advice, so that the Executive Chairman can 
take steps to ensure that the party from whom advice is sought has no material conflict of interest 
with Crown. The Executive Chairman is also responsible for approving payment of invoices 
in relation to the external advice.

In addition, each Board Committee has the full authority of the Board to:

•  communicate and consult with external and internal persons and organisations concerning matters 

delegated to the Committee; and

•  appoint independent experts to provide advice on matters delegated to the Committee.

Crown Board Committees

To assist in carrying out its responsibilities, the Crown Board has established the following 
Committees:

Committees

Current Members

Audit & Corporate Governance

Finance*

Investment*

Occupational 
Health & Safety

Remuneration**

Risk Management

Richard Turner (Chair)
Michael Johnston
Rowena Danziger

Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Michael Johnston
Richard Turner

James Packer (Chair)
John Alexander
Ashok Jacob
Rowen Craigie

Rowena Danziger (Chair)
Michael Johnston
Rowen Craigie

James Packer (Chair)
John Alexander
Geoffrey Dixon

Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Rowena Danziger
Rowen Craigie

Meetings held 
since Listing

19 February 2008
20 May 2008

Attended by

All members

13 March 2008
20 May 2008

All members

13 June 2008

All members

* Th  e Investment Committee and the Finance Committee have not met since Listing.
**  Th  e primary role of the Remuneration Committee is to review non-executive director remuneration. Th  e Committee meets once 

a year to review performance for the previous year. Accordingly, the Committee has not met since Listing.

p . 27

Each Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities.

More information

A full copy of each of Crown’s Committee Charters is available on its website at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

A description of the procedure for selection, appointment and re-election of directors is available 
on the Crown website at: www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMEN T CO NT INU ED

Principle 3
Promote ethical and responsible decision-making

Codes of conduct

Crown has established separate Codes of Conduct that outline the standard of ethical behaviour that 
is expected of its Directors and of its employees at all times. 

The Code of Conduct for Employees is a detailed statement of the:

•  practices required by employees to maintain confidence in Crown’s integrity;

•  the legal obligations of employees and the reasonable expectations of their stakeholders; and

•  the responsibility and accountability of individuals for reporting and investigating reports 

of unethical practices.

Policy concerning trading in company securities

Crown has adopted a formal Securities Trading Policy which details Crown’s policy concerning 
trading in company securities by directors, senior executives and employees.

The Securities Trading Policy:

•  includes a requirement that employees do not buy and sell Crown shares and securities within 

a 12 month period (ie that they do not short trade);

•  establishes formal “trading windows” during which Crown employees can and cannot trade 

in Crown shares and securities;

•  sets out Crown’s policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit 

economic risk; and

•  summarises the application of the insider trading provisions of the Corporations Act and the 

consequences of contravention thereof.

More information

Full copies of Crown’s Code of Conduct for Directors and Code of Conduct for Employees are 
available on its website at: www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Codes.

A full copy of Crown’s Securities Trading Policy is available on its website at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

p . 28

Principle 4
Safeguard integrity in financial reporting

Crown Audit Committee and Charter

As indicated above, Crown has established a formal Audit & Corporate Governance Committee 
to review the integrity of Crown’s financial reporting and to oversee the independence of Crown’s 
external auditors.

The members of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee are Richard Turner (Chair), Rowena 
Danziger and Michael Johnston. All members of the Committee are non-executive directors and 
a majority of those Committee members are independent directors.

The Chairman of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee, Mr Richard Turner is an 
independent director who has extensive financial qualifications and experience, having been an audit 
partner at Ernst & Young and having held the position of Chief Executive Officer of Ernst & Young 
prior to his retirement in 1994.

Further information about each Committee member’s qualifications and experience is set out in the 
Directors’ Statutory Report, commencing at page 56.

The Audit & Corporate Governance Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties 
and responsibilities.

The Charter includes information on the procedures for selection and appointment of the external 
auditor of Crown and for the rotation of external audit engagement partners.

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Audit & Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available on its 
website at: www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

Principle 5
Make timely and balanced disclosure

Policy to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule disclosure requirements

Crown has a formal Continuous Disclosure Policy in place which is designed to ensure compliance 
with ASX Listing Rule requirements. The Policy details processes for:

•  ensuring material information is communicated to Crown’s Chief Executive Officer, its General 

Counsel and Company Secretary or a member of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee;

•  the assessment of information and for the disclosure of Material Information to the market; and

•  the broader publication of Material Information to Crown’s shareholders and the media.

More information

p . 29

A full copy of Crown’s Continuous Disclosure Policy is available on its website at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMEN T CO NT INU ED

Principle 6
Respect the rights of shareholders

Promotion of effective communication with shareholders

Crown has designed a Communications Policy which seeks to promote effective communication with 
its shareholders. The Policy explains how information concerning Crown will be communicated to 
shareholders. The communication channels include:

•  Crown’s Full Financial Annual Report;

•  disclosures made to ASX; and

•  notices of meeting and other explanatory memoranda.

Crown has a dedicated corporate website which includes copies of all communications and other 
company information.

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Communication Policy is available on its website at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

Principle 7
Recognise and manage risk

Policy for the oversight and management of material business risks

Crown has established policies for the oversight and management of material business risks and has 
adopted a formal Risk Management Policy. Risk management is an integral part of the industry 
in which Crown operates.

Design and implementation of risk management and internal control systems

The Board requires Crown’s management to devise and implement risk management systems and 
to monitor the effectiveness of those systems. The Board convened Risk Management Committee 
is charged with administering Crown’s Risk Management Policy.

The Policy sets out procedures which are designed to identify, assess, monitor and manage risk 
at each of Crown’s controlled businesses and requires that the results of those procedures are 
reported to the Crown Board.

The Board has received, and will continue to receive, periodic reports through the Risk Management 
Committee, summarising the results of risk management initiatives at Crown.

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer assurances

The Crown Board has received assurance from the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial 
Officer that the declaration provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act 
is founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control and that the system 
is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

p . 30

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Risk Management Committee Charter is available on its website at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

A full copy of Crown’s Risk Management Policy is available on its website at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

Principle 8
Remunerate fairly and responsibly

Remuneration of Board members and Senior Executives

As indicated earlier, Crown has established a formal Remuneration Committee. The role of the 
Remuneration Committee is to review and recommend appropriate Directors’ Fees to be paid to 
non-executive Directors. At the discretion of the Crown Board, the role of this Committee may 
be extended to the remuneration policies to be applied to executives, including any equity-based 
remuneration plan that may be considered, subject to shareholder approval (where required).

The current members of the Remuneration Committee are James Packer (Chair), John Alexander 
and Geoffrey Dixon.

Information about each Committee member’s qualifications and experience is set out in the 
Directors’ Statutory Report, commencing at page 56.

The Remuneration Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and 
responsibilities.

A summary of current remuneration arrangements is set out more fully in the Remuneration Report, 
commencing at page 33.

The objective of Crown’s remuneration policy is to ensure that:

•  senior executives are motivated to pursue the long-term growth and success of Crown; and

•  there is a clear relationship between senior executives’ performance and remuneration.

Departure from Recommendation 8.1:  The Revised Principles recommend that the Remuneration 
Committee should be structured so that it consists of a majority of independent directors, is chaired 
by an independent director and has at least three members.

Whilst the composition and responsibilities of the Committee are not consistent with the 
recommendations in the Revised Principles, the Committee provides an effective and efficient 
mechanism for consideration of appropriate remuneration policy for Crown, responsibility for which 
ultimately lies with the Crown Board.

Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk

Crown’s policy on directors and employees entering into transactions in associated products which 
limit economic risk is referred to in its Securities Trading Policy.

The Policy provides that in accordance with the Rules of the Executive Share Plan (ESP) operated 
by Crown those “Directors and employees of the Crown Group” who hold Crown shares under the ESP 
must not, without the prior consent in writing of Crown, sell, create a security interest in, or otherwise 
dispose or deal with their Crown shares or any of their interests in any of those Crown shares.

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Remuneration Committee Charter is available on its website at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

A full copy of Crown’s Remuneration Policy is available on its website at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

p . 31

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

Remuneration Report

Introduction

Content of the Report

This Remuneration Report outlines the director and executive remuneration arrangements of Crown 
in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and its Regulations. It also 
provides the remuneration disclosures required by AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures.

Structure of disclosures

As shareholders are aware, Crown acquired the majority of its gaming assets via two schemes of 
arrangement between the then Publishing and Broadcasting Limited (PBL) (now Consolidated 
Media Holdings Limited (CMH)), Crown and their respective shareholders. Under the first scheme, 
the “PBL Scheme”, Crown acquired all of the shares in PBL. Under the second scheme, the 
“Demerger Scheme”, the non gaming assets of PBL were demerged from the Crown group.

The disclosure document used in connection with the schemes of arrangement (the PBL Scheme 
Booklet) is available on Crown’s website www.crownlimited.com. The PBL Scheme Booklet describes 
in detail how the PBL Scheme and the Demerger Scheme were effected and provides useful context 
and background to this Report.

Crown is principally a gaming and entertainment business managed by its Board and key gaming 
executives. The application of Australian Accounting Standards, however, requires that this Report 
provide information in relation to persons who at any time during the financial year were members 
of the consolidated Crown group. Due to the way in which the two schemes were effected, 
application of Australian Accounting Standards requires Crown to provide information in relation 
to both “gaming” directors and executives as well as other ex PBL “media” executives who have not 
participated in the gaming business of Crown during the year but have been part of the “Crown 
consolidated group” during the year.

Crown has attempted to present the contents of this Report in a way which clearly distinguishes 
between “gaming” directors and executives who have principally been involved in furthering the 
business of Crown and “media” directors and executives, so as to provide meaningful and relevant 
information to shareholders.

Persons to whom Report applies

The remuneration disclosures in this Report cover the following persons:

p . 32

Non-executive directors
•  Christopher J Anderson
•  Christopher D Corrigan
•  Rowena Danziger
•  Geoffrey J Dixon
•  Ashok P Jacob
•  Michael R Johnston
•  David H Lowy
•  Christopher J Mackay (resigned 7 March 2008)
•  Richard W Turner

Executive directors

•  James D Packer (Executive Chairman)
•  John H Alexander (Executive Deputy Chairman)
•  Rowen B Craigie (Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer)

Other company executives and key management personnel

•  David G Courtney (Chief Executive Officer, Crown Melbourne Limited)
•  Barry J Felstead (Chief Executive Officer, Burswood Limited)
•  Geoffrey R Kleemann (Chief Financial Officer)

Media company executives and key management personnel

As mentioned above, due to the application of Australian Accounting Standards, this Report also sets 
out remuneration disclosures in relation to:

•  Martin P Dalgleish
•  Guy Jalland

Mr Dalgleish and Mr Jalland held executive roles within the PBL group prior to the PBL Scheme. 
Following implementation of the two schemes, Mr Dalgleish moved to a different position within the 
CMH group. Mr Jalland ceased employment with the PBL group on 21 December 2007.

In this Report the group of persons comprised of the Executive Directors and the other company 
executives and key management personnel (both gaming and media) are referred to as “Senior 
Executives”. The Senior Executives above include the five most highly remunerated executives 
of the Crown consolidated group.

Overview of remuneration policy

Philosophy

The performance of the Crown group is dependent upon the quality of its directors, senior executives 
and employees. Crown seeks to attract, retain and motivate skilled directors and senior executives of 
the highest calibre.

Crown’s remuneration philosophy is to ensure that remuneration packages properly reflect a person’s 
duties and responsibilities, that remuneration is appropriate and competitive both internally and as 
against comparable companies and that there is a direct link between remuneration and performance.

Crown has differing remuneration structures in place for non-executive directors and Senior Executives.

Non-executive directors

The process for determining remuneration of the non-executive directors has the objective of 
ensuring maximum benefit for Crown by the retention of a high quality board.

The Remuneration Committee bears the responsibility of determining the appropriate remuneration 
for non-executive directors. Non-executive directors’ fees are reviewed periodically by the 
Remuneration Committee with reference taken to the fees paid to the non-executive directors 
of comparable companies. The Remuneration Committee is subject to the direction and control 
of the Board. 

In forming a view of the appropriate level of Board fees to be paid to non-executive directors, 
the Committee may also elect to receive advice from independent remuneration consultants if necessary.

p . 33

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

REMUNERATION REPORT  CONTINUED

Details regarding the composition of the Committee and its main objectives are outlined in the 
Corporate Governance Statement. The Board deems it appropriate that Mr James Packer, who is not 
an independent director of Crown and does not receive remuneration from Crown, chair this Committee.

No performance based fees are paid to non-executive directors. Non-executive directors are not 
entitled to participate in the Executive Share Plan. 

Non-executive directors are not provided with retirement benefits other than statutory superannuation 
at the rate prescribed under the Superannuation Guarantee legislation. Notwithstanding, the Executive 
Chairman and Executive Deputy Chairman may consider making a payment to a retiring non-executive 
director having regard to the length of service and contribution of the retiring non-executive director 
and will consider the appropriateness and reasonableness of the amount in light of payments made 
by comparable companies.

Senior Executives

The remuneration structure incorporates a mix of fixed and performance based remuneration. 
The following section provides an overview of the relevant elements of executive remuneration. 
Th  e summary tables provided later in this Report indicate which elements apply to each Senior Executive.

Details of Senior Executive remuneration structure

Fixed remuneration

The objective of fixed remuneration is to provide a base level of remuneration which is appropriate 
to the Senior Executive’s responsibilities, the geographic location of the Senior Executive and 
competitive standing in the appropriate market.

Fixed remuneration is therefore determined with reference to available market data, the scope 
and any unique aspects of an individual’s role and having regard to the calibre of the individual. 
The company seeks a range of specialist advice to establish the competitive remuneration for its 
Senior Executives.

Fixed remuneration typically includes base salary and superannuation at the rate prescribed under the 
Superannuation Guarantee legislation and at the election of the Senior Executive, may include other 
benefits such as a motor vehicle or motor vehicle allowance, car parking, mobile telephone costs and 
club membership, aggregated with fringe benefits tax to represent the total employment cost (TEC) 
of the relevant Senior Executive to Crown.

Fixed remuneration for the Senior Executives (except the Chief Executive Officer and Managing 
Director) is reviewed annually by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Crown and 
is approved by the Executive Chairman and Executive Deputy Chairman.

p . 34

The review process includes consideration of the performance of the Senior Executive as measured 
by achievements against agreed Key Performance Indicators (see further below), performance of 
Crown and the business in which the Senior Executive is employed, relevant comparative remuneration 
in the market and external advice.

Fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director is reviewed and set 
annually following consideration by the Executive Chairman of the performance of the Chief 
Executive Officer and Managing Director.

Any payments relating to redundancy or retirement are as specified in each relevant Senior Executive’s 
contract of employment. For summaries of Senior Executive contracts of employment, see page 42.

Performance based remuneration

The performance based components of remuneration for Senior Executives seek to align the rewards 
attainable by Senior Executives with the achievement of particular annual and long term objectives 
of Crown and the creation of shareholder value over the short and long term. The performance based 
components which applied during the year are as follows:

•  Short Term Incentives (STIs);
•  Long Term Incentives (LTIs); and
•  An Executive Share Plan.

Short Term Incentives

The remuneration of the Senior Executives is linked to Crown’s short term annual performance 
through a cash-based STI. Individuals may be paid an STI following an assessment of the 
performance of the Crown group in the previous year and the performance of the individual against 
agreed Key Performance Indicators (KPIs). The employment contracts of some Senior Executives 
may specify an indicative STI subject to the Crown group’s performance and, if applicable, this 
indicative STI is set out in the summary of their employment contract below.

The basis for payment of an STI is the achievement of the Senior Executive’s KPIs established at 
the beginning of each financial year. The focus is on the achievement of the Crown group’s annual 
business plan and budget. 

Financial performance objectives (including performance against budgeted EBITDA) have been chosen as 
Crown considers they are the best way to align performance outcomes with shareholder value. 

Appropriate non-financial performance objectives (such as strategic goals, operational efficiencies 
and people development) are also chosen where they are within a Senior Executive’s sphere of 
influence and are relevant to the Senior Executive’s area of work, as these metrics are aligned with 
the achievement of Crown’s business plan.

The performance of each Senior Executive against the financial and non-financial KPIs is reviewed 
on an annual basis. Whether KPIs have been achieved is determined by the Chief Executive Officer 
and Managing Director having regard to the operational performance of the business in which the 
Senior Executive is involved and the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director’s assessment 
of the attainment of the individual’s KPIs.

Th  e Chief Executive Offi  cer and Managing Director reviews performance based remuneration 
entitlements and determines the STI payments subject to fi nal approval by the Executive Chairman.

Th  e Chief Executive Offi  cer and Managing Director’s eligibility for an STI is determined by the Executive 
Chairman on behalf of the Board.

As at the date of this Report, the approval process for STI payments for gaming Senior Executives for the 
2008 fi nancial year has not been completed. Accordingly, the remuneration tables set out in this Report 
do not disclose an STI payment for the 2008 fi nancial year. STI payments, if any, will therefore be 
disclosed in Crown’s 2009 Annual Report.

p . 35

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

REMUNERATION REPORT  CONTINUED

Long Term Incentive Plan (Gaming LTI)

This incentive was established in June 2005 whilst Crown’s principal gaming businesses were owned 
by PBL. It was introduced following review of long term incentive plans operated by major 
competitors of the gaming business and as a means of retaining and motivating selected executives. 
The Gaming LTI was initially designed so that selected executives would be entitled to a cash bonus 
where the then “PBL Gaming Division” comprising Crown Melbourne and Burswood achieved its 
internal EBITDA targets in three, four and five years.

Selected participating Senior Executives may earn the maximum EBITDA cash bonus apportioned 
over the financial years 2008, 2009 and 2010, subject to the achievement of relevant EBITDA targets.

If the EBITDA target is not reached in any financial year, the amount of the EBITDA Cash Bonus 
for that year may be held over to the following year or until financial year 2010 and will be payable 
if the total aggregate EBITDA for Crown Melbourne and Burswood for all three financial years 
exceeds the aggregate sum of the EBITDA internal targets for financial years 2008, 2009 and 2010.

The Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director determines if the EBITDA target has been met 
by reference to the audited financial reports of the Crown group and provides the data to the 
Executive Chairman for his ratification.

Crown has achieved the aggregate EBITDA internal targets for Crown Melbourne and Burswood for 
financial year 2008. A cash payment has therefore been made to participating executives referrable to 
the 2008 financial year.

Of the Senior Executives named in this Report, three participate in the Gaming LTI. Details of potential 
Gaming LTI cash bonuses are as follows:

Senior Executive

Rowen Craigie

David Courtney

Barry Felstead

Executive Share Plan

Maximum 
Amount

30 June 2008
(30%)

30 June 2009
(20%)

30 June 2010
(50%)

$5,000,000

$1,500,000

$1,000,000

$2,500,000

$2,250,000

$1,000,000

$675,000

$300,000

$450,000

$200,000

$1,125,000

$500,000

Certain Crown executives participate in an Executive Share Plan (ESP) which was approved by PBL 
Shareholders at the 1994 Annual General Meeting. A total of 1,190,000 ESP Shares (which includes 
the issue to Mr Craigie on 23 November 2007 identified below) were issued to selected executives 
in financial year 2008.

p . 36

Prior to the approval of the PBL Scheme, the executives participating in the ESP (ESP Participants) 
held, in total, 10,680,000 PBL ESP shares (PBL ESP Shares), in respect of which there were 
outstanding loans totalling $185,642,300 (PBL ESP Loans) due to PBL. This included a further 
1,150,000 PBL ESP Shares issued to Mr Rowen Craigie on 23 November 2007. These additional 
shares were subject to a PBL ESP Loan of $22,004,500. 

Variations to the ESP and the key ESP terms: As disclosed in the PBL Scheme Booklet (at page 133), 
the rules governing the operation of the ESP were varied to enable ESP Participants to participate 
in the PBL Scheme (and continue to participate in the ESP) as follows:

Restrictions were lifted to permit ESP Participants to participate in the PBL Scheme: 
The restrictions on transfer of the PBL ESP Shares were lifted to allow the PBL ESP Shares 
to participate in the PBL Scheme in the same manner as all PBL shareholders. A total of 10,680,000 
PBL ESP Shares participated in the PBL Scheme.

ESP Participants now hold Crown ESP shares and CMH ESP shares under the ESP: Subject 
to the consideration election made by the ESP Participants under the PBL Scheme, ESP Participants 
were issued with Crown shares under the PBL Scheme and they had CMH shares transferred to them 
under the Demerger Scheme. ESP Participants no longer hold PBL ESP Shares.

ESP Participants receiving standard consideration saw a reduction in their PBL ESP Loan 
by the cash consideration amount: For those ESP Participants electing the standard consideration 
(1 Crown ESP share and $3 for each PBL ESP Share), the cash component of the PBL Scheme 
consideration that ESP Participants received in respect of their PBL ESP Shares was applied to 
reduce the PBL ESP Loan. ESP Participants that elected the maximum share consideration did not 
receive cash consideration and accordingly there was no reduction of their PBL ESP Loan.

The PBL ESP Loans were then apportioned 75 percent to Crown and 25 percent to CMH: 
The PBL ESP Loan for each ESP Participant was then apportioned 75 percent to Crown 
(Crown ESP Loan) and 25 percent to CMH (CMH ESP Loan). Each of the Crown ESP Loan 
and CMH ESP Loan is repayable the earlier of five years from the original date of issue of the 
PBL ESP Shares (Expiry Date) or when the ESP Participant ceases employment. The loan funds 
are on a limited recourse basis.

The Crown ESP Loan is applied against the Crown ESP shares: Where an ESP Participant sells 
all or a portion of their Crown ESP shares, the proceeds of sale of those Crown shares must be 
applied to repay the equivalent proportion of their outstanding Crown ESP Loan. When an ESP 
Participant sells all or a portion of their CMH ESP shares, the proceeds of sale of those shares must 
be applied to repay the equivalent proportion of the outstanding CMH ESP Loan. In each case, the 
ESP Participant is entitled to retain the net proceeds of sale after the respective Crown ESP Loan 
or CMH ESP Loan repayment.

The share price performance hurdle of seven percent was retained: The share price performance 
hurdles requiring a compound share price appreciation of seven percent per annum based on the 
issue price of the PBL ESP Shares were retained and substituted with equivalent performance hurdles 
(seven percent compounding share price accumulation) imposed separately on the Crown shares and 
the CMH shares. 

A determination that hurdles have been achieved is provided to the Chief Executive Officer and 
Managing Director by the Crown Company Secretary (for Crown) and to the Executive Chairman 
by the CMH Company Secretary (for CMH), following a review by each Company Secretary of the 
volume weighted average price (VWAP) of the Crown and the CMH shares for the 20 days up to 
and including the anniversary of the issue date of the ESP Participant’s PBL ESP Shares.

p . 37

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

REMUNERATION REPORT  CONTINUED

Remaining key terms: All other key terms of the ESP remain and apply to the Crown ESP shares 
and the CMH ESP shares: 

•  The restrictions which permit only 25 percent of the PBL ESP shares to be released from vesting 

conditions each year after issue will continue to apply to the Crown ESP shares and the CMH ESP 
shares that ESP Participants received under the Demerger.

•  Interest payable on the Crown ESP Loan and CMH ESP Loan is equal to dividends received on 

the relevant Crown ESP shares and CMH ESP shares respectively from time to time.

•  ESP Participants may only sell their vested Crown ESP shares and CMH ESP shares within a 
period 28 days after the relevant company lodges its Appendix 4D or Appendix 4E with ASX. 
ESP Participants may only sell their Crown ESP shares and CMH ESP shares during this time 
if they are capable of repaying the equivalent proportion of their Crown ESP Loan or and CMH 
ESP loan. Crown executives are also bound by the terms of the Crown Securities Trading Policy 
when trading their Crown ESP shares.

•  The total number of Crown ESP shares and CMH ESP shares issued under the ESP is limited 
to a maximum of two percent of the issued capital of Crown, and a maximum of two percent 
of the issued capital of CMH.

•  An ESP Participant must not, without the prior written consent of Crown in writing, sell, create 
a security interest in (for instance, create a lien, pledge, charge, mortgage or other encumbrance 
of whatever nature) or otherwise dispose of their Crown ESP shares or any of the ESP Participant’s 
interest in his or her Crown ESP shares. Should an ESP Participant wish to limit his or her 
exposure to risk in relation to the Crown ESP shares, he or she must contact the Company 
Secretary immediately, with consent in writing only provided following the assessment and 
approval by the Board or a delegate of its choosing. 

At the date of this Report, a total of 66 ESP Participants hold, in total, 11,449,826 Crown ESP 
shares or 1.66 percent of Crown’s issued capital. There are outstanding Crown ESP Loans totalling 
$125,751,938 due to Crown. It is not proposed that any further issues will be made under the ESP. 

No Crown ESP Loans were repaid by the Senior Executives or lapsed this year. The Senior Executives 
who have Crown ESP shares for which Crown ESP Loans are still outstanding are as follows:

p . 38

Issue 
Price (per 
share)

PBL ESP 
Shares 
issued 5

PBL ESP 
Loan

PBL 
Scheme 
Election1

Crown 
ESP 
Shares

Crown 
ESP Loan 
(75 %)

A

B

C

Shares 
sold 
during 
year

Loan 
Expiry 
Date

Senior 
Executive

Issue Date

Gaming Senior Executives

John

Alexander

Chris 

Anderson

Rowen 

Craigie

30-Oct-06

$16.16 

300,000

$4,848,000 

Std

300,000

$2,961,000 

$9.87

25

25

Nil

30-Oct-11

30-Oct-06

$17.82  1,000,000

$17,820,000 

1,000,000

$11,115,000  $11.12

25

25

Nil

30-Oct-11

30-Oct-06

$16.16 

300,000

$4,848,000 

Std

300,000

$2,961,000 

$9.87

25

25

Nil

30-Oct-11

30-Oct-06

$16.16 

350,000

$5,656,000 

Sh 

409,694

$4,242,000  $10.35

25

25

Nil

30-Oct-11

30-Oct-06

$17.82 

500,000

$8,910,000 

585,276

$6,682,500  $11.42

25

25

Nil

30-Oct-11

23-Nov-073

$18.97 

250,000

$4,742,500 

292,638

$3,556,875  $12.15

23-Nov-073

$19.18 

900,000

$17,262,000 

1,053,494

$12,946,500  $12.29

0

0

0

0

Nil

23-Nov-12

Nil

23-Nov-12

David

23-Feb-06

$16.16 

175,000

$2,828,000 

Sh 

204,847

$2,121,000  $10.35

25

50

Nil

23-Feb-11

Courtney

Geoff  
Kleemann

Barry

Felstead

30-Aug-064

$17.82 

225,000

$4,009,500 

263,374

$3,007,125  $11.42

25

25

Nil

30-Aug-11

06-Mar-07

$18.97 

150,000

$2,845,500 

175,581

$2,134,125  $12.15

0

0

Nil

06-Mar-11

23-Feb-06

$16.16 

240,000

$3,878,400 

Std

240,000

$2,368,800 

$9.87

25

50

Nil

23-Feb-11

30-Aug-064

$17.82 

100,000

$1,782,000 

06-Mar-07

$18.97 

100,000

$1,897,000 

Sh

Sh

117,055 

$1,336,500  $11.42

25

25

Nil

30-Aug-11

117,055 

$1,422,750  $12.15

0

0

Nil

06-Mar-12

Media Senior Executives 

Martin 
Dalgleish

Guy 
Jalland

23-Feb-06

$16.16 

240,000

$3,878,400 

Std

240,000

$2,368,800 

$9.87

25

50

Nil

23-Feb-11

23-Feb-06

$16.16 

240,000

$3,878,400 

Std

240,000

$2,368,800 

$9.87

25

50

Nil

23-Feb-11

A. Min. share price required to sell Crown ESP shares (per share)2
B. Released from limitations during the year (%)
C. Total percentage of shares released from limitations under Plan Rules (%)

Notes:

1  Th  is column provides detail on the consideration election of each executive under the PBL Scheme of Arrangement. “Std” means 

the PBL Scheme Standard Consideration; “Sh” means the PBL Scheme Maximum Share Consideration. 

2  Th  e ESP Plan Rules require that, if an ESP Participant wishes to sell his or her Crown ESP shares during a trading window, he or 
she must repay the equivalent proportion of the outstanding Crown ESP Loan. If the ESP Participant cannot repay the equivalent 
proportion of the Crown ESP Loan, he or she cannot trade in his or her Crown ESP shares.

3   In accordance with ASX Listing Rule 10.14, PBL shareholders approved the issue of 1,150,000 PBL ESP Shares to Mr Rowen 
Craigie at the PBL AGM on 23 November 2007, with those PBL ESP Shares issued to him following the AGM on that day. 

p . 39

4  Th  e executives issued shares on 30 August 2006 did not meet their share price performance hurdle at their second anniversary. 
Th  e consequence of this is the second 25 percent of their issued ESP Shares were not released from limitations under the Plan 
Rules. Th  ese ESP Shares shall remain subject to the limitations under the Plan Rules unless or until the share price performance 
condition is satisfi ed on a subsequent anniversary and the executive remains an employee of the relevant company.

5   Th  e fair value per Crown ESP share for each allotment date under the ESP is as follows: 23 February 2006: $1.92; 30 August 
2006: $2.51; 6 March 2007: $3.72; 21 June 2007: $3.77. Th  e relevant allotment dates for the shares subject to shareholder 
approval in 2006: Mr Alexander’s 300,000 ESP Shares, Mr Anderson’s 300,000 ESP Shares and Mr Craigie’s 350,000 ESP Shares 
is 23 February 2006; Mr Alexander’s 1,000,000 ESP Shares and Mr Craigie’s 500,000 ESP Shares, 30 August 2006. Th  e relevant 
allotment dates for the shares subject to shareholder approval in 2007: Mr Craigie’s 250,000 ESP Shares, 6 March 2007; Mr 
Craigie’s 900,000 ESP Shares, 21 June 2007.

6  Th  e revised Crown performance hurdles were calculated as follows: Revised Hurdle Price = [(Original Issue Price – $3 cash 

consideration) * 75 percent] * 7 percent compounding share price accumulation.

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

REMUNERATION REPORT  CONTINUED

As described above, all securities received by selected Senior Executives under the ESP are subject 
to performance hurdles. There have been no issues of securities as part of remuneration that are not 
subject to performance conditions.

Relationship between policy and performance

As detailed above, various elements of Crown’s remuneration policy are linked to company 
performance, either by requiring the achievement of a predetermined share price or level of EBITDA. 
In summary:

•  An STI may be payable if Crown achieves its budgeted financial objectives and where an 

individual achieves his or her KPIs, assessed using a combination of financial measures and 
non-financial measures;

•  The Gaming LTI may be payable where Crown Melbourne and Burswood achieves predetermined 

EBITDA targets; and 

•  The terms of the ESP include share price performance hurdles.

This year, normalised EBITDA generated by Crown Melbourne and Burswood, Crown’s wholly 
owned Australian casinos, grew by 8.2%. The compound average normalised EBITDA growth for 
Crown’s wholly owned Australian casinos for the five year period commencing from financial year 
2003 through to financial year 2008 was 15.8%. Please note that during financial years 2003 and 
2004 Crown Melbourne was the only gaming asset of PBL. Burswood was acquired by PBL in 
September 2004 and the impact of the Burswood acquisition on normalised EBITDA growth 
is included within the five year number above. 

Shareholder wealth, measured by earnings per Crown share (excluding the effect of discontinued 
operations and specific items), grew during financial year 2008 by 9.2%. Prior to the PBL Scheme, 
PBL operated a mix of gaming and media businesses. Crown is now a stand alone gaming and 
entertainment business. A five year earnings per share comparison of the two different companies 
would not produce a meaningful result. 

Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk

Crown’s policy on directors and Senior Executives entering into transactions in associated products 
which limit economic risk is described earlier in the Corporate Governance Statement.

Remuneration details for non-executive directors and Senior Executives

Non-executive directors

During the year the non-executive directors received a base fee of $100,000 per annum for acting as 
a director of Crown.

p . 40

A non-executive director who acts on the Board of Crown Melbourne Limited received a further 
Directors’ fee of $60,000 per annum.

In addition, non-executive directors of Crown are entitled:

•  $20,000 per annum for acting as Chair of a Board Committee; or

•  $10,000 per annum for acting as a member of a Board Committee.

In accordance with Crown’s constitution, non-executive directors’ fees are determined within 
an aggregate non-executive directors’ fee cap of $1,000,000 per annum.

Senior Executives

Senior Executives are employed under service agreements with Crown or a business of the Crown 
group. Common features to these service agreements include (unless noted otherwise):

•  an annual review of the executive’s fixed remuneration, with any increases at the discretion of 
the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director or Executive Chairman and dependent on 
Crown’s financial performance and the individual’s KPI performance and market changes;

•  competitive performance based incentive payments annually and in the long term, dependent 

upon Crown achieving its objectives and the Senior Executive achieving his or her KPIs;

•  Crown may ask the executive to act as an officer of Crown or as an officer or director of a member 

or associate of the Crown group for no additional remuneration;

•  a prohibition from gambling at any property within the Crown group during the term of employment 
and for three months following termination and a requirement that the executive maintain licences 
required and issued by relevant regulatory authorities (such as the Victorian Commission for Gambling 
Regulation and the Western Australian Gaming and Wagering Commission);

•  where post-employment restraints apply, a restraint covering, amongst other things, competitive 
activities to those of the Crown group. Restraint periods vary and have been noted in each instance;

•  where an employment agreement is terminated by Crown, notice may be given in writing or 

payment may be made (wholly or partly) in lieu of notice; and

•  all contracts may be terminated without notice by Crown for serious misconduct.

Specific details of each Senior Executive’s contract of employment are summarised below. Where 
a Senior Executive has had more than one contract of employment during the year the most recent 
contract is listed and changes from the previous contract are noted. Where a key clause in a Senior 
Executive’s contract has been updated (for instance, remuneration (TEC)) the change is noted. 
The summaries should be read in conjunction with the Remuneration Policy above.

p . 41

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

REMUNERATION REPORT  CONTINUED

Gaming Senior Executives

James D Packer

Position

Remuneration

John H Alexander

Current Position

Fixed Remuneration

– base salary

– superannuation

Executive Chairman

The Executive Chairman, Mr Packer does not receive any remuneration for his services 
to Crown. Mr Packer acts as a director of Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd, a company 
in which Crown has a significant investment. Mr Packer does not receive a fee from 
Crown for these services.

Executive Deputy Chairman (commenced 1 December 2007): Mr Alexander currently 
has a five year employment agreement with Crown Limited which is due to expire 
in December 2012.

Mr Alexander was previously Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director for the 
then PBL until 30 November 2007 when he resigned. This contract summary focuses on 
the terms of Mr Alexander’s current contract and notes the material differences between 
Mr Alexander’s current contract and his contract with PBL.

$1,486,871 per annum, from 1 December 2007 (previously $3,200,000 per annum).

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $13,129 per annum (previously $28,800 per annum).

–  non-monetary benefits and 

other

Complimentary privileges at Crown’s facilities and mobile telephone. (Previously mobile 
telephone, use of motor vehicle and driver and applicable fringe benefits tax).

Performance based 
remuneration

Not applicable.

2008 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Post employment benefits

Post-employment 
restraint

Termination

Fixed remuneration2

97%

Nil.

 STI

0%

 LTI

3%

Crown may impose a restraint for the five year term of Mr Alexander’s employment 
agreement up to 30 November 2012. (Under Mr Alexander’s contract with PBL, PBL 
could impose a restraint period of up to 12 months and if PBL did so, Mr Alexander 
would have been entitled to be paid his net base salary and superannuation during the 
restraint period).

– by the Senior Executive

12 months’ notice (previously 6 months’ notice).

– by Crown

p . 42

12 months’ notice without cause; one months’ notice for performance issues (following 
three months’ notice to improve); three months’ notice due to incapacity. (Previously 
12 months’ notice without cause; six months’ notice for performance issues without an 
opportunity to improve provided; three months’ notice for performance issues where at 
least three months’ opportunity to improve provided; one months’ notice for incapacity 
where absent for 16 weeks in any 12-month period).

Termination benefits

Payments made prior 
to commencement

Directors’ Fees

Nil.

Nil.

Nil.

Other

The terms of the Executive Share Plan to which Mr Alexander is a member have been 
altered during the previous financial year. A summary of the amendments and details 
of Mr Alexanders’s participation is set out on page 37.

Rowen B Craigie

Current Position

Fixed Remuneration

– base salary

– superannuation

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director (commenced 1 December 2007): 
Mr Craigie commenced employment with Crown Limited on 1 December 2007 on a five 
year contract. He resigned as Chief Executive Officer, PBL Gaming on 30 November 2007. 
He had previously been an executive Director of the then PBL since 9 January 2002.

This contract summary focuses on the terms of Mr Craigie’s current contract and notes 
the material differences between Mr Craigie’s current contract and his contract with PBL.

$2,986,871 per annum (previously $2,186,871 per annum).

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $13,129 per annum.

–  non-monetary benefits and 

other

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Burswood facilities. Mobile 
telephone, salary sacrifice arrangements for motor vehicle.

Performance based 
remuneration

– STI

– LTI

2008 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Post employment benefits

Post-employment 
restraint

Discretionary up to a maximum of $2,000,000 of which up to a maximum of 
$1,000,000 is assessed by the Executive Chairman based on the achievement of KPIs. 
A further $1,000,000 may be paid at the discretion of the Crown Board if Crown’s 
performance substantially exceeds that set out in Crown’s business plan and represents 
an exemplary outcome. (Previously, discretionary based on achievement of KPIs).

Subject to achieving internal EBITDA targets in FY08, FY09 and FY10, Mr Craigie 
is eligible to receive up to $5,000,000 (30% for FY08, 20% for FY09 and 50% for 
FY10). See further page 36.

On 1 July 2008, Mr Craigie received a deferred cash bonus of $1,475,000 under a 
Notional Share Plan (NSA) put in place by Crown Melbourne in June 2005 (at which 
time Crown Melbourne was a wholly owned subsidiary of PBL) and cancelled in 2006. 
The payment is representative of the value which had accrued in the NSA to 30 August 
2006. As explained to PBL shareholders as part of its 2006 Notice of Annual General 
Meeting, it was agreed that the amount would crystallise and be paid to Mr Craigie on 
1 July 2008, being the third anniversary of Mr Craigie’s participation in the NSA. 
Crown has agreed to honour PBL’s obligations with respect to the NSA. As the payment 
to Mr Craigie has been disclosed to shareholders in previous PBL Annual Reports as 
remuneration referable to previous financial years, the payment is not included again 
in this year’s remuneration tables.

Fixed remuneration

47%

Nil.

 STI1

0%

 LTI

53%

Crown may impose a restraint for various periods up to 36 months. Depending on the 
circumstances, Mr Craigie may be entitled to an additional payment in consideration 
for the restraint. Mr Craigie may also be paid an amount equivalent to his monthly fixed 
remuneration for any period during which a restraint applies.

Termination

– by the Senior Executive

12 months’ notice.

p . 43

– by Crown

Termination benefits

12 month’s notice without cause; one month’s notice for performance issues (following 
least three months’ notice to improve); three months’ notice for incapacity.

Provided that Mr Craigie complies with any restraints imposed on him: If Mr Craigie 
terminates his employment with Crown or Crown terminates his employment for serious 
misconduct, performance issues or incapacity, he will be entitled to any unpaid Crown 
LTI. Thereafter, Mr Craigie will cease to be involved in the Crown LTI. If Crown 
terminates Mr Craigie’s employment without cause, Mr Craigie will be entitled to any 
unpaid LTI. Mr Craigie may also elect either to end his participation in the Crown LTI 
and receive a payment of 24 months’ fixed remuneration at the date of termination or 
continue a pro-rated participation (calculated by reference to the number of completed 
months in the five year term) in the Crown LTI.

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

REMUNERATION REPORT  CONTINUED

Payments made prior 
to commencement

Directors’ Fees

Other

David G Courtney

Current Position

Fixed Remuneration

– base salary

– superannuation

Nil.

Nil.

The terms of the Executive Share Plan to which Mr Craigie is a member have been 
altered during the previous financial year. A summary of the amendments and details 
of Mr Craigie’s participation is set out on page 37.

Chief Executive Officer, Crown Melbourne Limited (from 6 March 2007): Mr 
Courtney has been an executive Director of Crown Melbourne Limited since 6 March 
2007 and an executive Director of Burswood Limited since 6 September 2004. His 
current employment contract commenced on 6 March 2007 and expires 5 March 2012.

$1,236,871 per annum (from 6 March 2007).

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $13,129 per annum.

–  non-monetary benefits and 

other

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Burswood facilities. Mobile 
telephone and salary sacrifice arrangements for motor vehicle.

Performance based 
remuneration

– STI

– LTI

2008 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Post employment benefits

Post-employment 
restraint

Discretionary STI based on the performance of Crown Limited, and the achievement 
of KPIs.

Subject to achieving internal EBITDA targets in FY08, FY09 and FY10, Mr Courtney 
is eligible to receive up to $2,250,000 (30% for FY08, 20% for FY09 and 50% for 
FY10). See further page 36.

Fixed remuneration

52%

Nil.

 STI1

0%

 LTI

48%

Crown may impose various restraint periods up to a period of 36 months post 
employment. Depending on the circumstances, Mr Courtney may be entitled to an 
additional payment in consideration for the restraint. Mr Courtney may also be paid an 
amount equivalent to his monthly total employment cost for any period during which 
a restraint applies.

Termination

– by the Senior Executive

12 months’ notice.

– by Crown

12 months’ notice without cause; one months’ notice for performance issues (following 
three months’ notice to improve); three months’ notice due to incapacity.

p . 44

Termination benefits

Provided that Mr Courtney complies with any restraints imposed on him: If Mr 
Courtney terminates his employment with Crown Melbourne or Crown Melbourne 
terminates his employment for serious misconduct, performance issues or incapacity, he 
will be entitled to any unpaid Crown LTI. Thereafter, Mr Courtney will cease to be 
involved in the Crown LTI. If Crown Melbourne terminates Mr Courtney’s employment 
without cause, Mr Courtney will be entitled to any unpaid LTI. Mr Courtney may also 
elect either to end his participation in the Crown LTI and receive a payment of 24 
months’ total employment cost or continue a pro-rated participation (calculated by 
reference to the number of completed months in the five year term) in the Crown LTI.

Payments made prior to 
commencement

Directors’ Fees

Nil.

Nil.

Other

Barry J Felstead

Current Position

Fixed Remuneration

– base salary

– superannuation

The terms of the Executive Share Plan to which Mr Courtney is a member have been 
altered during the previous financial year. A summary of the amendments and details 
of Mr Courtney’s participation is set out on page 37.

Chief Executive Officer, Burswood Limited (from 6 March 2007): Mr Felstead has 
been an executive Director of Burswood Limited since 6 March 2007 when he was 
appointed Chief Executive Officer, Burswood Limited. His current employment contract 
with Burswood commenced on 6 March 2007, and expires on 5 March 2012.

$686,871 per annum (from 6 March 2007).

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $13,129 per annum.

–  non-monetary benefits 

and other

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Burswood facilities. Mobile 
telephone and salary sacrifice arrangements for motor vehicle.

Performance based 
remuneration

– STI

– LTI

2008 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Post employment benefits

Post-employment 
restraint

Discretionary STI based on the performance of Crown, and the achievement of KPIs.

Subject to achieving internal EBITDA targets in FY08, FY09 and FY10 Mr Felstead 
is eligible to receive up to $1,000,000 (30% for FY08, 20% for FY09 and 50% for 
FY10). See further page 36.

Fixed remuneration

60%

Nil.

 STI1

0%

 LTI

40%

Crown may impose various restraint periods up to a period of 36 months post 
employment. Depending on the circumstances, Mr Felstead may be entitled to an 
additional payment in consideration for the restraint. Mr Felstead may also be paid 
an amount equivalent to his monthly Fixed Remuneration for any period during which 
a restraint applies.

Termination

– by the Senior Executive

12 months’ notice.

– by Crown

Termination benefits

Payments made prior 
to commencement

Directors’ Fees

Other

12 months’ notice without cause; one months’ notice for performance issues (following 
three months’ notice to improve); three months’ notice due to incapacity.

Provided that Mr Felstead complies with any restraints imposed on him: If Mr Felstead 
terminates his employment with Burswood or Burswood terminates his employment for 
serious misconduct, performance issues or incapacity, he will be entitled to any unpaid 
Crown LTI. Th  ereafter, Mr Felstead will cease to be involved in the Crown LTI. If Burswood 
terminates Mr Felstead’s employment without cause, Mr Felstead will be entitled to any 
unpaid LTI. Mr Felstead may also elect either to end his participation in the Crown LTI and 
receive a payment of 24 months’ fi xed remuneration or continue a pro-rated participation 
(calculated by reference to the number of completed months in the fi ve year term) in the 
Crown LTI.

p . 45

Nil. 

Nil.

The terms of the Executive Share Plan to which Mr Felstead is a member have been 
altered during the previous financial year. A summary of the amendments and details 
of Mr Felstead’s participation is set out on page 37.

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

REMUNERATION REPORT  CONTINUED

Geoffrey R Kleemann

Current Position

Fixed Remuneration

– base salary

– superannuation

Chief Financial Officer: Mr Kleemann joined Crown Limited on 21 January 2008 on 
a one year contract. His previous appointment was Chief Financial Officer for the then 
PBL until 21 December 2007.

With effect from 20 October 2008 Mr Kleemann will step down from the position of 
Chief Financial Officer and has agreed to take on the role of head of Investor Relations 
at Crown. The terms of his contract with Crown will remain unchanged until the 
expiration of its one year term. Details of the terms of Mr Kleemann’s employment 
with PBL may be obtained from the CMH Annual Report. 

$686,871 per annum from 21 January 2008.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $13,129 per annum.

–  non-monetary benefits and 

other

Complimentary privileges at Crown’s facilities. Mobile telephone. $80,016 per annum 
“Living Away from Home Allowance”.

Performance based 
remuneration

– STI

– LTI

2008 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Post employment benefits

Post-employment 
restraint

Discretionary STI based on the performance of Crown Limited, and the achievement 
of KPIs.

Nil.

Fixed remuneration2

98%

Nil.

 STI1

0%

 LTI

2%

Crown may impose various restraint periods up to a period of 6 months post 
employment. Depending on the circumstances, Mr Kleemann may be entitled to an 
additional payment in consideration for the restraint. Mr Kleemann may also be paid 
an amount equivalent to his monthly fixed remuneration for any period during which 
a restraint applies.

Termination

– by the Senior Executive

3 months’ notice.

– by Crown

3 months’ notice without cause; one months’ notice for performance issues (following 
three months’ notice to improve); three months’ notice due to incapacity.

Termination benefits

Payments made prior to 
commencement

Nil.

Nil.

p . 46

Other

Notes:

The terms of the Executive Share Plan to which Mr Kleemann is a member have been 
altered during the previous financial year. A summary of the amendments and details 
of Mr Kleemann’s participation is set out on page 37.

1.  As at the date of this Report, the approval process for STI payments for gaming Senior Executives for the 2008 fi nancial year has 

not been completed.

2.  Includes voluntary and compulsary superannuation, post employment and redundancy payments following approval of the 

PBL Scheme.

Media Senior Executives

The following contract summaries for “media” Senior Executives have been provided to Crown for 
inclusion in this Report by CMH. At no time during the financial year were Mr Dalgleish or Mr 
Jalland employed by Crown or a current member of the Crown group.

Martin Dalgleish

CEO PBL New Media (to 30 November 2007) 
Senior Executive CMH (part-time from 1 July 2008)

Position

Term

Fixed Remuneration

– Base Salary

Mr Dalgleish was employed by PBL as the Chief Executive Officer – PBL New Media 
(ceased employment with PBL 30 November 2007). Mr Dalgleish was employed as an 
Executive of CMH from December 2007 (part-time from 1 July 2008).

Until 30 December 2008 (amended by agreement 16 June 2008 from a previous term 
of four years expiring 3 December 2011) and then ongoing.

$300,000 gross per annum (reduced from $600,000 per annum by agreement on 16 June 
2008 and with effect 1 July 2008). When employed by PBL as Chief Executive Officer 
PBL New Media, Mr Dalgleish had a Base Salary of $600,000 per annum.

– Superannuation

Nine percent of Base Salary and any STI.

– Other benefits

Mobile telephone. Use of car park. Applicable fringe benefits tax.

Performance based 
Remuneration

– STI

– ESP

Termination

– By Mr Dalgleish

– By CMH

– Restraint

Mr Dalgleish received an STI of $100,000 on 15 July 2008 for his performance in FY08 
(Mr Dalgleish had been eligible for an STI of up to $600,000 under his employment 
arrangements with PBL). No ongoing contractual entitlement to STI.

Details of Mr Dalgleish’s participation in the ESP are outlined at section 3.3.3 
of the CMH Annual Report.

Mr Dalgleish may terminate the Agreement with effect 30 December 2008 without 
notice. From 1 January 2009 with one month’s notice.

One month’s notice without cause (from 1 January 2009); one month’s notice at any time 
where certified unfit to continue working.

CMH may impose a restraint of up to six months. Mr Dalgleish is entitled to be paid 
an amount to be agreed during the restraint period or, in the absence of agreement, his 
monthly remuneration each month.

– Redundancy Payment

Following approval of the PBL Scheme of Arrangement, Mr Dalgleish was paid 
$2,848,000 (less applicable taxes) upon termination of his employment as Chief 
Executive Officer PBL New Media.

Senior Executives

Guy Jalland

Position

Term

Fixed Remuneration

Group General Counsel and Joint Company Secretary PBL
(ceased employment 21 December 2007)

Group General Counsel and Joint Company Secretary PBL.

Mr Jalland ceased employment with PBL on 21 December 2007.

p . 47

– Base Salary

$1,388,416 per annum.

– Superannuation

CMH contributed $11,584 per annum.

– Other benefits

Mobile telephone.

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

REMUNERATION REPORT  CONTINUED

Performance based 
Remuneration

– STI

– ESP

Termination

– By Mr Jalland

– By CMH

– Restraint

Discretionary STI based on the achievement of his KPIs. Mr Jalland received an STI 
of $1,000,000 on 15 December 2007.

Details of Mr Jalland’s participation in the ESP are outlined at section 3.3.3 of the 
CMH Annual Report.

Six months’ notice.

Six months’ notice without cause; three months’ notice for performance issues (following 
three months’ notice to improve); one month’s notice due to incapacity.

CMH may impose a restraint period of up to 12 months. If CMH does so, Mr Jalland 
is entitled to be paid his net Base Salary and superannuation during the restraint period.

CMH did not impose the restraint.

– Redundancy Payment

Following approval of the PBL Scheme of Arrangement, Mr Jalland was paid $4,275,000 
(less applicable taxes) upon termination of his employment with PBL.

In addition, CMH has provided the following broad relative weightings between fixed and variable 
components of remuneration of Mr Dalgleish and Mr Jalland. These are inclusive of termination 
payments made by PBL under the approved PBL Scheme:

Media Senior Executive

Fixed

Martin Dalgleish

Guy Jalland

Notes:

17%

14%

STI

3%

15%

ESP

3%

2%

Post
employment
and redundancy

1

77%

69%

1.  Post employment and redundancy payments includes redundancy payments to Mr Dalgleish and Mr Jalland following approval 
of the PBL Scheme in December 2007. Th  e fi gures also include superannuation contributions by CMH to the executive during 
the year.

p . 48

Remuneration tables

As explained earlier Crown is required under Australian Accounting Standards to report a full 
12 month period of remuneration of each Senior Executive, notwithstanding that Crown has only 
traded since December 2007. To assist shareholders, disclosures have been split between remuneration 
earned whilst a member of the PBL consolidated group (now CMH) and remuneration earned from 
Crown. For comparative purposes, annual totals have been included.

The tables include lump sum payments as a result of contract variation or redundancy as a result 
of the PBL Scheme and the Demerger Scheme.

1

Non-executive directors

Christopher 
Anderson1
Non-executive 
director

Christopher 
Corrigan 
Non-executive 
director

Rowena4 
Danziger
Non-executive 
director

Geoff rey 
Dixon
Non-executive 
director

Ashok Jacob
Non-executive 
director

Michael Johnston
Non-executive 
director

David Lowy 
Non-executive 
director

Richard Turner4 
Non-executive 
director

Fin-
ancial 
Year

Fees from CMH
(until 30 November 2007)

Fees from Crown
(from 1 December 2007)

Short Term Benefi ts

Salary & 
Fees

Non –
Mon-
etary

Post-employment 
Benefi ts

Term-
ination 
Benefi ts

Super

 572,200 

 8,784 

 45,000 

 5,000,000 

 33,334 

 – 

 30,250 

 – 

2008 Annual Total

 605,534 

 8,784 

 75,250 

 5,000,000 

2007

 1,200,000 

 5,164 

 108,000 

Fees from CMH
(until 30 November 2007)

Fees from Crown
(from 1 December 2007)

2008 Annual Total

2007

Fees from CMH
(until 30 November 2007)

Fees from Crown
(from 1 December 2007)

2008 Annual Total

2007

Fees from CMH
(until 30 November 2007)

Fees from Crown
(from 1 December 2007)

2008 Annual Total

2007

2008

2007

2008

2007

Fees from CMH
(until 30 November 2007)

Fees from Crown
(from 1 December 2007)

2008 Annual Total

2007

Fees from CMH
(until 30 November 2007)

Fees from Crown
(from 1 December 2007)

2008 Annual Total

2007

 46,110 

 58,333 

 104,443 

 110,000 

 83,836 

 105,000 

188,836 

 200,000 

 50,301 

 74,311 

124,612 

 127,391 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 46,110 

 68,478 

114,588

 117,391 

 79,644

 105,000 

184,644

 190,000 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 –

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 4,150 

 4,500 

 8,650 

 9,900 

 3,521 

2,700

 6,221 

 – 

 4,806 

 5,733 

 10,539 

 11,465 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 8,579 

 6,163 

 14,742 

 10,565 

 – 

 1,350 

 1,350 

 – 

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Share based 
payments

Cash
Based

2

 Equity
Based

3, 4

Other

Total

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 –

 – 

 – 

 –

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 60,362 

 5,686,346

 – 

62,729 

126,313

 – 

 123,091 5,812,659

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 –

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 96,263 

 1,409,427 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 50,260 

 62,833 

 113,093 

 119,900 

87,357

 – 

 107,700

 –

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

195,057

 200,000 

 55,107 

 80,044 

 135,151 

 138,856 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 54,689

 74,641 

 129,330 

 127,956 

 79,644 

 – 

 106,350 

 – 

 – 

185,994 

 190,000 

p . 49

REMUNERATION REPORT  CONTINUED

Non-executive directors continues

Fin-
ancial 
Year

Fees from CMH
(until 30 November 2007)

Fees from Crown
(from 1 December 2007 
to 7 March 2008)

2008 Annual Total

2007

Short Term Benefi ts

Post-employment 
Benefi ts

Share based 
payments

Salary & 
Fees

 50,301 

 29,831 

 80,132 

 120,000 

Non –
Mon-
etary

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Super

 4,527 

 2,685 

 7,212 

 10,800 

Term-
ination 
Benefi ts

Cash
Based

2

 Equity
Based

3, 4

Other

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 –

 – 

Total

 54,828 

 32,516 

 87,344 

 130,800 

Chris Mackay
Non-executive 
director

Notes:

1.  Mr Anderson was an executive director of PBL until 30 November 2007. He is currently a non-executive offi  cer of Crown. 
Remuneration disclosures made up to 30 November 2007 represent amounts earned in an executive capacity. Mr Anderson 
receives a director’s fee from SEEK Limited. He was not required to reimburse CMH his net director’s fees from SEEK this 
year ($32,372).

2.  AASB 2 “Share-Based Payment” requires an entity to recognise the eff ects of modifi cations that increase the total fair value of the 
share-based payment arrangement or are otherwise benefi cial to the employee. As the modifi cation to the ESP post Demerger 
reduced the total fair value of the share-based payment arrangement, Crown continues to account for the services rendered as 
consideration for the equity instruments granted as if the modifi cation had not occurred.

3.  Th  e allocation of the expenses for Equity Based Payments to the Senior Executives is consistent with the split of the PBL ESP 
Loan as between CMH and Crown Limited (25 percent/75 percent). Mr Anderson: 100 percent of the ESP expense to 30 
November 2007, 75 percent from 30 November 2007 (from 30 November 2007, 25 percent of the expense recorded by CMH).

4.  Mrs Rowena Danziger and Mr Richard Turner each receive directors’ fees of $60,000 per annum and superannuation for their 

participation on the Crown Melbourne Limited Board. 

p . 50

Senior Executives

Short Term Benefi ts

Post Employment 
Benefi ts

Share Based 
Payments

James 
Packer 
Executive 
Chairman

John 
Alexander 
Executive 
Deputy 
Chairman

Rowen 
Craigie 
Chief 
Executive 
Offi  cer & 
Managing 
Director

David 
Courtney 
Chief 
Executive 
Offi  cer 
Crown 
Melbourne 
Limited

Barry 
Felstead 
Chief 
Executive 
Offi  cer 
Burswood 
Limited

Geoff  
Kleemann 
Chief 
Financial 
Offi  cer

Fin-
ancial 
Year

2008

2007

Salary & 
Fees

 – 

 – 

Non –
Mon-
etary

 – 

 – 

 2,488,764 

 33,414 

 870,904

 – 

STI

1

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Salary from CMH
(until 30 
November 2007)

Salary from Crown
(from 1 
December 2007)

% of 
max 
STI

 – 

 – 

Super

 – 

 – 

Term-
ination 
Benefi ts Other 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

  Cash
Based

2

 Equity
Based 

3, 4

Total 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

– 

 – 

 323,396   17,965,574 

 –   120,000   15,000,000 

 9,847 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 336,078 

 1,216,829 

2008 Annual Total

 3,359,668

 33,414 

– 

–   129,847   15,000,000 

– 

– 

 659,474   19,182,403 

2007

 3,207,575 

 157,372 

 –   278,693 

 867,047 

 9,380 

 – 

 – 

 41,667 

 – 

 – 

 –   2,513,313 

 515,742 

 6,672,695 

 – 

 – 

 654,966 

 1,573,060 

Salary from CMH
(until 30 
November 2007)

Salary from Crown
(from 1 
December 2007)

Salary from CMH
(until 11 
December 2007)

Salary from Crown
(from 12 
December 2007)

Salary from CMH
(until 11 
December 2007)

Salary from Crown
(from 12 
December 2007)

 1,666,639 

 24,580 

 – 

 – 

 55,998 

 – 

 –   1,666,667 

 680,651 

 4,094,535 

2008 Annual Total

 2,533,686

 33,960 

– 

– 

 97,665 

2007

 1,916,102 

 23,514   1,000,000 

 100 

 12,686 

 497,953 

 141 

 – 

 – 

 5,471 

– 

 – 

 – 

–   1,666,667   1,335,617 

 5,667,595

 – 

 210,714 

 322,047 

 3,485,063 

 – 

 – 

 157,502 

 661,067 

 664,329 

 188 

 – 

 – 

 28,176 

 – 

 – 

 750,000 

 195,186 

 1,637,879 

2008 Annual Total

 1,162,282 

 329 

– 

– 

 33,646 

2007

 955,078 

 65,937 

 580,000 

 100 

 12,686 

 347,812 

 10,731 

 – 

 – 

 7,049 

– 

 – 

 – 

– 

 750,000 

 352,688 

 2,298,945 

 – 

 – 

 94,821 

 242,848 

 1,951,370 

 – 

 65,982 

 431,574 

 331,868 

 10,223 

 – 

 – 

 6,564 

 – 

 – 

 333,333 

 81,768 

 763,756 

2008 Annual Total

 679,680 

 20,954 

– 

– 

 13,613 

– 

– 

 333,333 

 147,750 

 1,195,330 

2007

 489,802 

 26,718 

 230,000 

 – 

 12,686 

 295,000 

 – 

 1,054,206 

Salary from CMH
(until 21 
December 2007)

Salary from Crown
(from 21 January 
2008)

 888,384 

292,336 

2008 Annual Total

 1,180,720 

 – 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 82,986 

 3,975,000   176,796 

 – 

 54,917 

 5,178,083 

p . 51

 – 

 – 

 24,440 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 60,283 

377,059 

– 

–   107,426 

 3,975,000   176,796 

– 

 115,200 

 5,555,142 

2007

 1,146,398 

 16,085 

 200,000 

 60   171,960 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 115,200 

 1,649,643

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

REMUNERATION REPORT  CONTINUED

Notes:

1.  As at the date of this Report, the approval process for STI payments for gaming Senior Executives for the 2008 fi nancial year has 
not been completed. Accordingly, no STI is able to be disclosed in the 2008 fi nancial year. STI payments, if any, will be disclosed 
in Crown’s 2009 Annual Report.

2.  Representing average PBL Gaming LTI cash bonus payments for FY08, FY09 and FY10.

3.  Th  e allocation of the expenses for Equity Based Payments to the Senior Executives is consistent with the split of the PBL ESP 

Loan as between CMH and Crown Limited (25 percent/75 percent). Mr Alexander, Mr Craigie: 100 percent of the ESP expense 
to 30 November 2007, 75 percent from 1 December 2007 (from 1 December 2007, 25 percent of the expense recorded by 
CMH). Mr Kleemann: 100 percent of the ESP expense to the date he ceased employment with PBL (21 December 2007); then 
100 percent recorded by Crown Limited to the end of the year. Mr Courtney, Mr Felstead 100 percent of the ESP expense to 
11 December 2007; then 100 percent recorded by Crown Limited to the end of the year.

4.  AASB 2 “Share-Based Payment” requires an entity to recognise the eff ects of modifi cations that increase the total fair value of the 
share-based payment arrangement or are otherwise benefi cial to the employee. As the modifi cation to the ESP post Demerger 
reduced the total fair value of the share-based payment arrangement, Crown continues to account for the services rendered 
as consideration for the equity instruments granted as if the modifi cation had not occurred.

Media senior executives

Short Term Benefi ts

Post Employment 
Benefi ts

Share Based 
Payments

Fin-
ancial 
Year

Salary 
& Fees

Non –
Mon-
etary

% of max 
STI

STI

Super

Term-
ination 
Benefi ts

Other 
Long Term 
Benefi ts

Cash 
Based

 Equity
Based

1, 2

Total

2008

 264,890

 8,733

 41,918 

 100 

 10,217 

 2,848,000 

2007

 649,900 

 5,164 

 200,000 

 50 

 112,500 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 48,289 

 3,222,048 

 – 

 115,200 

 1,082,764 

 903,346 

 – 

 1,000,000 

 100 

 12,868 

 4,275,000 

 211,471 

 – 

 115,200 

 6,517,885 

2008
(until 21 
Dec 07)

2007

 1,351,777 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 12,868 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 115,200 

 1,479,845 

Martin Dalgleish
Chief Executive 
Offi  cer, New 
Media, PBL

Guy Jalland
PBL Group 
General Counsel 
and Company 
Secretary

Notes:

1.  Th  e allocation of the expenses for Equity Based Payments to the Senior Executives is consistent with the split of the PBL ESP 

Loan as between CMH and Crown Limited (25 percent/75 percent). Mr Dalgleish, Mr Jalland: 100 percent of the ESP 
expense for the year (no expense recorded by Crown Limited).

2.  AASB 2 “Share-Based Payment” requires an entity to recognise the eff ects of modifi cations that increase the total fair value of the 
share-based payment arrangement or are otherwise benefi cial to the employee. As the modifi cation to the ESP post Demerger 
reduced the total fair value of the share-based payment arrangement, CMH continues to account for the services rendered as 
consideration for the equity instruments granted as if the modifi cation had not occurred.

p . 52

Directors’ Statutory Report

Crown Limited was incorporated on 31 May 2007. On incorporation, the company’s name was 
Arterial Limited. The company changed its name to Crown Limited on 15 June 2007.

As previously mentioned, Crown was admitted to the official list of the ASX on 3 December 2007 
(Listing) and has been subject to the ASX Listing Rules since that time. Accordingly, where the 
Corporations Act requires this Report to include specific information for listed entities, that 
information has been provided for Crown in respect of the period commencing from Listing.

Company Information

Review of operations

A review of operations of the Crown group for the financial year ended 30 June 2008 and the results 
of those operations is detailed on pages 4 to 23.

The principal activity of the entities within the Crown group is gaming and entertainment.

Prior to the PBL Scheme Crown’s business operated within the PBL group of companies. 
PBL’s activities extended to:

•  television and broadcasting and program production;
•  magazine publishing and distribution; and
•  investment in the internet, subscription television and other media and entertainment sectors.

Significant changes in state of affairs

The PBL Scheme was effected on 10 December 2007. The gaming and entertainment activities of the 
current Crown group have only traded since that time. In accordance with Australian Accounting 
Standards and the Corporations Act, Crown’s 2008 Financial Report reflects the activities of the PBL 
group until the date the scheme of arrangement was effected and the activities of the newly formed 
Crown group from demerger until 30 June 2008. The results relating to the non gaming activities 
have been disclosed as discontinued operations.

Accordingly, the following are some of the significant changes in the state of affairs of the 
consolidated group since 1 July 2007:

•  In September 2007, Melco Crown Entertainment Limited (MPEL) secured US$1.75 billion of 

senior secured debt facilities to be utilised to finance construction of the City of Dreams project. 
The facilities are non recourse to Crown. However, Crown and Melco International Development 
Limited (which currently owns 37.9% of MPEL along with Crown) have each provided a Letter 
of Credit for US$125 million which will be able to be used, if necessary, to support completion 
of the City of Dreams should the facilities and MPEL’s internally generated cash flow be 
insufficient to fund completion;

p . 53

•  In November 2007, MPEL issued American Depositary Shares to the public, raising approximately 

US$570 million for MPEL, and reducing Crown’s stake to 37.9%;

•  In November 2007, Crown completed the acquisition of a 50% interest in Gateway Casinos and 

Entertainment Inc in Canada, under a joint venture with Macquarie Bank;

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

DIRECTORS’ STAT UTORY REPORT CON TIN UED

•  On 3 December 2007, Crown was admitted to the official list of the ASX;

•  On 12 December 2007, the separation of PBL into two separately listed companies was completed 

by way of two court ordered schemes of arrangement;

•  In December 2007, Crown completed the sale of the PBL group’s interest in Hoyts. Beneficial 
ownership was transferred to Crown as part of the PBL Scheme and gross proceeds of sale of 
$150 million were received by Crown in mid December 2007. The equity profit and the loss on 
sale (after costs associated with the sale) have been included in discontinued businesses;

•  In December 2007, Crown announced, subject to regulatory approval, its agreement to purchase 

100% of Cannery Casino Resorts in the United States; and

•  In April 2008 Crown announced that it had sold its 25.4% stake in Monarchy Enterprise Holdings 
B.V. (the owner of New Regency Productions) for US$189.4 million (including interest) which 
will be paid in broadly equal instalments over five years with Crown having already received the 
initial instalment.

Significant events after Balance Date

Subsequent to 30 June 2008, the directors of Crown announced a final dividend on ordinary shares 
in respect of the year ending 30 June 2008. The total amount of the dividend is $196.7 million, 
which represents 29 cents per share. The final dividend will be 40% franked and the unfranked 
component of the dividend will be conduit foreign income. The dividend has not been provided 
for in the 30 June 2008 financial statements.

On 13 August 2008, Crown announced that it had raised A$1.01 billion of new debt facilities. 
The refinancing was undertaken so as to extend the maturity profile of Crown’s debt portfolio. 
The new debt finance comprises the following new facilities:

A$600 million Syndicated 
Loan Facility

A$200 million Bilateral 
Loan Facility

Lender(s):  

Fully syndicated among 11 Australian and International banks

Maturity: 

5 years

Lender: 

National Australia Bank

Maturity: 

5 years

US$200 million 
US Private Placement

Arrangers:

Bank of America and Royal Bank of Scotland as co lead arrangers with 
Westpac and Commonwealth Bank as co agents

Maturity: 

7, 10 and 12 years

Likely developments

Other than the developments described in this Report and the accompanying review of operations, 
the directors are of the opinion that no other matter or circumstance will significantly affect the 
operations and expected results for the Crown group.

p . 54

Environmental regulation

The Crown group is not subject to any particular or significant environmental regulation under 
Australian law. Environmental issues are, however, important to Crown and it has taken a number 
of initiatives in this regard. A description of those initiatives is set out on page 21.

Dividends and distributions

Interim Dividend:  Crown paid an interim dividend of 25 cents per ordinary share on 18 April 2008. 
The dividend was 40% franked and the unfranked component was conduit foreign income.

Final Dividend:  The directors of Crown have announced a final dividend of 29 cents per ordinary 
share to holders registered as at 10 October 2008. The final divided will be 40% franked and the 
unfranked component of the dividend will be conduit foreign income.

In summary: 

Interim Dividend paid 

Final Dividend payable 

Total 

Dividend per share 

25 cents per share 

29 cents per share 

$’000

$169,521

$196,687

$366,208

PBL paid shareholders a final dividend in respect of the 2007 financial year of $169.7 million.

Directors and Officers

Director details

Set out below are the names of each person who has been a director of Crown during or since year 
end and the period for which they have been a director. There are eleven current directors.

Name 

James Douglas Packer 

John Henry Alexander 

Christopher John Anderson 

Christopher Darcy Corrigan 

Rowen Bruce Craigie 

Rowena Danziger 

Geoffrey James Dixon 

Ashok Peter Jacob 

Michael Roy Johnston 

Geoffrey Raymond Kleemann 

David Hillel Lowy 

Christopher John Mackay 

Michael James Neilson 

Richard Wallace Turner 

Date Appointed 

  Date Ceased

6 July 2007 

6 July 2007 

6 July 2007 

6 July 2007 

31 May 2007 

6 July 2007 

6 July 2007 

6 July 2007 

6 July 2007 

31 May 2007 

6 July 2007 

6 July 2007 

31 May 2007 

6 July 2007 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6 July 2007

–

 7 March 2008

6 July 2007

–

p . 55

The details of each of each director’s qualifications, experience and special responsibilities in office 
as at the date of this Report are set out below. Details of all directorships of other listed companies held 
in the three years before the end of the financial year have been included.

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ STAT UTORY REPORT CON TIN UED

James D Packer, Executive Chairman

Mr Packer is also Executive Chairman of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited and Executive Deputy 
Chairman of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited. Mr Packer is the Chairman of SEEK Limited 
(appointed 31 October 2003). He is also a director of the Sunland Group Limited (appointed 20 July 
2006), Crown Melbourne Limited (appointed 22 July 1999) and Ellerston Capital Limited (appointed 
6 August 2004) and a director of Melco Crown Entertainment Limited.

Mr Packer was previously a director of Qantas Airways Limited until 31 August 2007.

Directorships of other listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Challenger Financial Services Group Limited: from 6 November 2003 to current
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 28 April 1992 to current
•  Crown Melbourne Limited2: from 22 July 1999 to current
•  Ellerston Capital Limited3: from 6 August 2004 to current
•  Qantas Airways Limited: from 1 August 2000 to 31 August 2007
•  SEEK Limited: from 31 October 2003 to current
•  Sunland Group Limited: from 20 July 2006 to current

John Alexander BA, Executive Deputy Chairman

Mr Alexander became Executive Chairman of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited in November 2007. 
Mr Alexander had previously been Chief Executive Offi  cer and Managing Director of PBL since June 2004.

Mr Alexander joined ACP Magazines as Group Publisher in 1998 and was appointed Chief Executive 
Offi  cer of that division in March 1999, a position he held until April 2006. In January 2002, he was 
appointed Chief Executive Offi  cer of PBL’s media businesses which included ACP Magazines and Nine 
Network – then owned by PBL. Prior to joining the PBL Group, Mr Alexander was the Editor-in-Chief, 
Publisher & Editor of Th  e Sydney Morning Herald, and Editor-in-Chief of Th  e Australian Financial Review.

Mr Alexander is a director of various companies including Crown Melbourne Limited, Burswood 
Limited, Melco Crown Entertainment Limited, Aspinalls Holdings (Jersey) Limited, FOXTEL 
Management Pty Limited, PBL Media Holdings Pty Limited, Premier Media Group Pty Limited and 
The International Federation of the Periodical Press Limited.

Directorships of other listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Crown Melbourne Limited2: from 17 August 2004 to current
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 16 December 1999 to current

Christopher J Anderson BEc, Non Independent, Non-Executive Director

Mr Anderson is also a non-executive director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited. In this 
capacity he monitors the performance of a number of CMH investments including FOXTEL, 
Premier Media Group (Fox Sports), PBL Media, SEEK and Sky News.

p . 56

Mr Anderson was previously the Chief Executive Officer of Optus and stepped down from that 
role in late 2004. Prior to joining Optus in 1997, Mr Anderson was the Group Chief Executive 
of Television New Zealand Limited. Previously, he was the Managing Editor of the Australian 
Broadcasting Corporation and was Chief Executive Officer & Editorial Director of John Fairfax 
Limited Group. Mr Anderson was employed by John Fairfax Limited from 1966 to 1991 in various 
editorial and magazine positions.

Directorships of other listed companies held during the last three years:
•  SEEK Limited: from 25 November 2004 to current
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: 9 June 2004 to current

Christopher D Corrigan, Independent, Non-Executive Director

Mr Corrigan was Managing Director of Patrick Corporation Limited, Australia’s largest stevedore 
company with interests in rail transportation and aviation from March 1990 to May 2006. Prior 
to that, he had a career with Bankers Trust spanning 20 years, including periods as Managing 
Director of Bankers Trust in Australia and for the Asia-Pacific region.

Mr Corrigan sponsored the formation of a development capital business of A$220 million known 
as Jamison Equity Limited in 1990, which became a wholly owned subsidiary, in December 1996, 
of the then publicly listed company Patrick Corporation Limited.

Directorships of other listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 8 March 2006 to current
•  Patrick Corporation Limited4: from 22 March 1990 to 11 May 2006
•  Oriental Technologies Investments Limited5: from 26 July 2000 to 31 December 2005
•  Virgin Blue Holdings Limited: from 27 May 2002 to 11 May 2006
•  Webster Limited: from 30 November 2007 to current

Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons), Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Mr Craigie is also a director of Crown Melbourne Limited, Burswood Limited, Melco Crown 
Entertainment Limited, Aspinalls Holdings (Jersey) Limited, New World Gaming Partners Holdings 
British Columbia Limited and Consolidated Media Holding Limited. 

Mr Craigie previously served from 2007 to 2008 as the Chief Executive Officer, PBL Gaming and 
from 2002 to 2007 as the Chief Executive Officer of Crown Melbourne Limited. Mr Craigie joined 
Crown Melbourne Limited in 1993 and was appointed as the Executive General Manager of its 
Gaming Machines department in 1996, and was promoted to Chief Operating Officer in 2000. 

Prior to joining Crown Melbourne Limited, Mr Craigie was the Group General Manager for Gaming 
at the TAB in Victoria from 1990 to 1993, and held senior economic policy positions in Treasury 
and the Department of Industry in Victoria from 1984 to 1990.

Directorships of other listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Crown Melbourne Limited2: from 9 January 2002 to current
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 9 January 2002 to current

Rowena Danziger BA, TC, MACE, Independent, non-executive Director

Mrs Danziger’s professional experience spans over 30 years in various Australian and American 
educational institutions. She was the Headmistress at Ascham School in Sydney from 1973 to 2003. 
She is currently a director of Opera Australia and a board member of Sydney Writers’ Festival and 
Chairperson of The Foundation of the Art Gallery of NSW.

Mrs Danziger is also a director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited and Crown Melbourne Limited.

p . 57

Directorships of other listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: 17 September 1997 to current
•  Crown Melbourne Limited2: 21 October 2003 to current

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

DIRECTORS’ STAT UTORY REPORT CON TIN UED

Geoffrey J Dixon, Independent, non-executive Director

Mr Dixon is the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Qantas Airways Limited. 
Mr Dixon joined Qantas in 1994 and has had responsibility at the airline for all commercial 
activities. Mr Dixon is due to step down as Qantas CEO on 28 November 2008. Before joining 
Qantas, Mr Dixon was Director of Marketing and Industry Sales at Ansett Australia Airlines 
and General Manager Marketing and Corporate Affairs at Australian Airlines.

Mr Dixon is on the Governing Board of IATA. Prior to his career in the airline industry, Mr Dixon 
worked for an arm of the Australian Government Overseas Service in Australia and on postings 
to Australian Missions in The Hague, New York and San Francisco. He has also worked in the 
mining and media sectors.

Directorships of other listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Qantas Airways Limited: from 1 August 2000 to current
•  Leighton Holdings Limited: from 19 August 1999 to 31 May 2006
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 31 May 2006 to current

Ashok Peter Jacob MBA, Non-independent, non-executive Director

Mr Jacob is Chief Executive Officer of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited (CPH). Prior to joining 
CPH in 1998, Mr Jacob was the Managing Director of the investment arm of the Pratt group 
of companies.

Mr Jacob is a director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited (appointed 9 November 1998), 
Crown Melbourne Limited (appointed 22 July 1999) and Ellerston Capital Limited (appointed 
6 August 2004).

Mr Jacob holds a Master of Business Administration from the Wharton School and a Bachelor 
of Science from the University of Pennsylvania.

Directorships of other listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 9 November 1998 to current
•  Challenger Financial Services Group Limited: from 6 November 2003 to current
•  Crown Melbourne Limited2: from 22 July 1999 to current
•  Ellerston Capital Limited3: from 6 August 2004 to current

Michael R Johnston BEc, CA, Non-independent, non-executive Director

Mr Johnston is the Finance Director of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited (CPH), having 
previously been an advisor to the CPH group for 17 years. As Finance Director, he oversees a large 
number of operational businesses within the CPH group and its controlled associates. Mr Johnston 
was also the Chief Financial Officer of Ellerston Capital (a subsidiary of Consolidated Press 
Holdings) until 30 June, 2008. He is currently on the Board of Consolidated Media Holdings 
Limited. He is alternate director of Challenger Financial Services Group Limited.

p . 58

Prior to his appointment with the CPH group, he was a senior partner in the Australian member 
firm of Ernst & Young. Mr Johnston was also on the Board of Partners of Ernst & Young, Australia. 
Mr Johnston holds a Bachelor of Economics Degree from Sydney University and is an Associate 
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia.

Directorships of other listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Challenger Financial Services Group Limited6: from 24 February 2006 to current
•  Ellerston Capital Limited3: from 6 August 2004 to current
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 16 December 2005 to current

David H Lowy AM, BCom, Independent, non-executive Director

David Lowy is a principal of LFG Holdings, non-executive deputy chairman of Westfield Holdings 
Limited and a Director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited. He is also the Founder and 
President of the Temora Aviation Museum and a director of The Lowy Institute for International 
Policy. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of NSW. 

Directorships of other listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Westfield Group: from 5 July 2004 to current
•  Westfield America Management Limited: from 13 July 2004 to current
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 31 May 2006 to current

Richard W Turner AM, BEc, FCA, Independent, non-executive Director

Before his retirement in 1994, Mr Turner had been the Chief Executive Officer of Ernst & Young, 
having had a successful 36 year career as an audit partner. Mr Turner is a Fellow of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants in Australia. He is a director of HBOS Australia Limited, Bankwest 
Limited, Mirvac Ltd and its group companies. He was past President and director of The Smith 
Family and past Chairman and a current director of the Institute of Pain Management Limited.

Mr Turner is also a director of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited, Crown Melbourne Limited, 
and is Chairperson of Crown Limited’s Audit & Corporate Governance Committee.

Directorships of other listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Crown Melbourne Limited2: from 21 October 2003 to current
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 9 November 1998 to current
•  The Mirvac Group: from 7 January 2005 to current

Notes:

1.   Consolidated media Holdings Limited (previously Publishing and Broadcasting Limited, ASX Code: PBL).

2.   Crown Melbourne Limited (previously Crown Limited, “Crown Melbourne”) was classifi ed as a listed company while it had 
a series of unsecured notes (ASX Code: CROHB) quoted on the ASX. Th  ese notes were redeemed on 15 August 2005 and 
Crown Melbourne was removed from the ASX’s offi  cial list on 2 September 2005.

3.   Ellerston Capital Limited is the manager and responsible entity for the Ellerston Gems Fund (EGF), admitted to the 

Offi  cial List of ASX Limited on 29 June 2007.

4.   Removed from the ASX’s offi  cial list on 3 July 2006.

5.   Removed from the ASX’s offi  cial list on 17 March 2006.

6.  Alternate director to Mr James Packer and Mr Ashok Jacob.

Company secretary details

Michael J Neilson BA, LLB:  Mr Neilson is Crown’s General Counsel and Joint Company Secretary. 
Prior to his appointment with Crown, he was General Counsel for Crown Melbourne Limited, 
a position he held from 2004 to 2007.

p . 59

Prior to joining the Crown group, Mr Neilson spent 10 years in a commercial legal practice 
in Melbourne before joining the Lend Lease Group in Sydney in 1997 as General Counsel for 
Lend Lease Property Management.

In 1998, he was appointed General Counsel and Company Secretary of General Property Trust, 
the position he held until joining Crown Melbourne Limited in 2004.

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

DIRECTORS’ STAT UTORY REPORT CON TIN UED

Mary Manos BCom, LLB (Hons):  Ms Manos was appointed joint Company Secretary in April 
2008. She commenced employment with the Crown Group in October 2007 just prior 
to implementation of the PBL Scheme and the Demerger Scheme. Prior to joining Crown, 
Ms Manos was a Senior Associate in a Melbourne law firm, specialising in mergers and acquisitions 
and corporate law.

Other officer details

In addition to the above, Crown’s principal officers include:

•  Geoffrey Kleemann 

Chief Financial Officer

•  David Courtney 

Chief Executive Officer, Crown Melbourne Limited

•  Barry Felstead 

Chief Executive Officer, Burswood Limited

Relevant interests of directors

Details of relevant interests of current directors in Crown shares are as follows:

Director 

John Alexander 

Chris Anderson 

Rowen Craigie 

Rowena Danziger 

David Lowy 

James Packer 

Richard Turner 

Notes:

 Total number
of ordinary Shares

1,827,1331

315,1942

2,341,1023

28,876

137,250

261,500,000

27,000

1. Of which 1,300,000 shares are Crown ESP shares.
2. Of which 300,000 shares are Crown ESP shares.
3. Comprised entirely of Crown ESP shares.
* For more information regarding Crown ESP shares, please see page 36 of the Remuneration Report.

None of Crown’s directors are party to any contract which would give that director the right to call 
for the delivery of shares in Crown.

p . 60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board and committee meetings

Set out below are details of the number of board meetings and committee meetings held by Crown since 
Listing together with each director’s attendance details. The Crown Board held a number of meetings 
prior to Listing, particularly in connection with the PBL Scheme and the Demerger Scheme.

Audit &
Corporate 
Governance 
Committee 

Board 

OH&S 
Committee 

Risk
Management 
Committee

H* 

A 

H 

A 

H 

A 

H 

A

James Packer 

John Alexander 

Christopher Anderson 

Christopher Corrigan 

Rowen Craigie 

Rowena Danziger 

Geoffrey Dixon 

Ashok Jacob 

Michael Johnston 

David Lowy 

Christopher Mackay** 

Richard Turner 

H Number of meetings held

A Number of meetings attended

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

2 

4 

4

4

4

3

4 

4 

2 

3

4 

4

2

3 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1

1

1

2 

2 

2 

2

2 

2

*  Two meetings were held shortly after Listing by a quorum of directors, primarily to deal with administrative matters of updating 
the company’s registered address and offi  cer details. No other substantive matters were considered. R Craigie and J Alexander 
attended both meetings and A Jacob attended one.

** Resigned 7 March 2008.

The primary role of the Remuneration Committee is to review non-executive director remuneration. 
The Committee meets once a year to review performance for the previous year. Accordingly, 
the Committee has not met since Listing. The Investment Committee and the Finance Committee 
also have not met since Listing.

Page 27 of the Corporate Governance Statement includes details on Board committee structure 
and membership during the year.

p . 61

Under Crown’s Constitution, documents containing written resolutions assented to by directors 
are to be taken as a minute of a meeting of directors. There were no additional written resolutions 
assented to by the Board or a Committee this financial year.

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ STAT UTORY REPORT CON TIN UED

Shares and Options

Crown has not granted any options over unissued shares. There are no unissued shares or interests under 
option. No shares or interests have been issued during or since year end as a result of option exercise.

Indemnity and insurance of officers and auditors

Director and officer indemnities

Crown indemnifies certain persons as detailed in its Constitution in accordance with the terms of 
the Crown Constitution.

D&O Insurance

During the year Crown has paid insurance premiums to insure officers of the Crown group against 
certain liabilities.

The insurance contract prohibits disclosure of the nature of the insurance cover and the amount 
of the insurance payable.

Auditor Information

Auditor details

Ernst & Young has been appointed Crown’s auditor.

Mr Brett Kallio is the Ernst & Young partner responsible for the audit of Crown’s accounts.

True and fair information

There is no additional true and fair information included in the financial report.

Non-audit services

Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor for non-audit services provided during the year 
by the auditor are outlined in Note 30.

The directors are satisfied that the non-audit services are compatible with the general standard 
of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act. The board considers that the nature 
and scope of the services provided do not affect auditor independence.

Rounding

The amounts contained in the financial statements have been rounded off to the nearest thousand 
dollars (where rounding is applicable) under the option available to Crown under ASIC Class Order 
98/0100. Crown is an entity to which the Class Order applies.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

p . 62

J D Packer
Director

R B Craigie
Director

Melbourne, 17th day of September, 2008

p . 63

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

DIRECTORS’ STAT UTORY REPORT CON TIN UED

p . 64

p . 65

CROWN LIMITED ANNUA L REPORT  2 0 08

Directors’ Declaration

In accordance with a resolution of the directors, we declare as follows:

1.  

In the directors’ opinion:

a) 

b) 

 there are reasonable grounds to believe that Crown will be able to pay its debts as and 
when they become due and payable; and

 the financial statements and notes are in accordance with the Corporations Act, 
including:

(i)  Section 296 (compliance with accounting standards); and

(ii)  Section 297 (true and fair view); and

2.   

 The directors have received declarations in relation to Crown’s financial statements for the 
financial year ended 30 June 2008, by its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial 
Officer in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act.

In the opinion of Directors, at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe 
that the members of the Closed Group identified in note 35 will be able to meet any obligations 
or liabilities to which they are or may become subject to, by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee.

On behalf of the Board

J D Packer
Director

R B Craigie
Director

Melbourne, 17th day of September, 2008

p . 66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Report

CON TE NTS

Income Statement 

Balance Sheet 

Cash Flow Statement 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

68

69

70

72

M ORE I NFORMATION

More information regarding calculations of normalised results is included in Crown’s 
2008 Full Year Results Announcement, which is available on Crown’s website at: 
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Investors – Presentations and Briefings.

p . 6 7

CROWN LIMITED A NNUAL REPORT  2 008
ABN 39  12 5 7 09 953

Income Statement
for the year ended 30 June 2008

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

Note 

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

Continuing Operations

Revenues 

Other income 

Expenses 

Share of profi ts of associate and joint 
venture entities 

Profi t/(loss) from continuing operations 
before income tax and fi nance costs 

Finance costs 

Profi t /(loss) from continuing 
operations before income tax 

Income tax (expense)/benefi t 

Profi t/(loss) from continuing operations 
after income tax 

Discontinued operations

Profi t/(loss) from discontinued operations 
after income tax 

3 

3 

3 

2,215,930 

2,016,604 

175,000 

701 

164 

– 

(1,807,029) 

(1,427,421) 

(3,168,144) 

2,11 

(21,999) 

(50,976) 

– 

387,603 

538,371 

(2,993,144) 

2,3 

(132,989) 

(151,204) 

– 

254,614 

387,167 

(2,993,144) 

2,5 

(117,608) 

(18,767) 

462 

137,006 

368,400 

(2,992,682) 

2 

3,426,213 

1,611,831 

– 

Profi t/(loss) for the period 

3,563,219 

1,980,231 

(2,992,682) 

Attributable to minority interests 

24 

– 

22,979 

– 

Attributable to members of the parent 

3,563,219 

1,957,252 

(2,992,682) 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Earnings per share (EPS) 

Basic EPS* 

Diluted EPS* 

Dividends per share 

Final dividend proposed 

Current year interim dividend paid 

2008 
Cents 
per share 

2007
Cents 
per share

517.00 

517.00 

285.87

285.87

29.0 

25.0 

25.0

30.0

31

4

p . 6 8

*  Basic/diluted EPS excluding the eff ect of discontinued operations is 19.88 cps (2007: 42.46).

Basic/diluted EPS excluding the eff ect of discontinued operations and specifi c items is 54.58 cps (2007: 49.97).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

Balance Sheet
At 30 June 2008

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Prepayments 
Other assets 

Assets classifi ed as held for sale 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets
Receivables 
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets 
Other fi nancial assets 
Investments in associates accounted for 
using the equity method 
Property, plant and equipment 
Licences 
Other intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Prepaid casino tax 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Current income tax liabilities 
Provisions 
Liabilities directly associated with the assets 
classifi ed as held for sale 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities
Other payables 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Note 

26(a) 
7 
8 

9 

10 

7 
12 
13 

11 
14 
15 
16 
5 
9 

18 
19 

20 

21 

18 
19 
5 
20 

2,362,964 
146,524 
11,835 
11,253 
70 

2,532,646 
– 

2,227,657 
104,956 
9,722 
12,729 
108 

2,355,172 
447,435 

2,532,646 

2,802,607 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

443,202 
507,489 
– 

1,130,164 
1,854,977 
666,868 
189,301 
136,573 
71,106 

90,101 
398,013 
– 

178,160 
– 
8,628,413 

915,211 
1,831,060 
674,339 
210,469 
184,052 
73,840 

– 
– 
– 
– 
13,870 
– 

4,999,680 

4,377,085 

8,820,443 

7,532,326 

7,179,692 

8,820,443 

255,108 
20,000 
37,178 
105,750 

234,821 
20,046 
22,670 
137,836 

13,408 
– 
– 
– 

– 

78,619 

– 

418,036 

493,992 

13,408 

24,059 
2,359,234 
394,709 
38,157 

114 
309,144 
477,331 
33,827 

– 
2,224,936 
– 
– 

2,816,159 

820,416 

2,224,936 

3,234,195 

1,314,408 

2,238,344 

4,298,131 

5,865,284 

6,582,099 

Equity
Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
  Contributed equity 
  Reserves 
  Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) 

Total equity 

22 
23 
23 

258,149 
176,223 
3,863,759 

2,454,986 
350,256 
3,060,042 

9,738,590 
5,712 
(3,162,203) 

4,298,131 

5,865,284 

6,582,099 

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

p . 6 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flow Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2008

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

Note 

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

Cash fl ows from operating activities

Receipts from customers 

Payments to suppliers and employees 

Dividends received 

Interest received 

Borrowing costs 

Income tax paid 

2,072,949 

3,868,967 

(1,564,942) 

(2,818,243) 

66,659 

191,725 

29,828 

117,672 

(127,625) 

(257,931) 

(68,745) 

(215,593) 

Net cash fl ows from/(used in) operating activities 

26 

570,021 

724,700 

Cash fl ows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

(203,142) 

(239,730) 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

3,486 

13,036 

Payment for purchases of equity investments 

(233,072) 

(617,343) 

Payment for the acquisition of controlled entities 

– 

(309,357) 

Purchase of available for sale fi nancial assets 

Net proceeds from sale of equity investments 

Net proceeds from sale of controlled entities 

Net proceeds from sale of available for sale investments 
(inc. held for sale) 

Loans to associated entities 

Repayment of loans to associated entities 

Loans to other entities 

Other (net) 

(434,023) 

828,972 

– 

– 

12,591 

897,811 

35,832 

– 

(12,322) 

(104,074) 

– 

– 

(2,652) 

31,716 

(30,551) 

(13,952) 

Net cash fl ows from/(used in) investing activities 

(16,921) 

(359,853) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Cash fl ows from fi nancing activities

Issue of shares 

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Dividends paid 

Payment of capital reduction 

p . 7 0

Cash disposed from sale of group entities 

– 

3,473 

2,070,000 

3,685,660 

2,238,576 

(10,000) 

(2,602,513) 

– 

(338,694) 

(398,778) 

(169,544) 

(2,053,852) 

(85,770) 

– 

– 

Dividends/distributions paid to minority interests 

– 

(10,654) 

Net cash fl ows from/(used in) fi nancing activities 

(418,316) 

677,188 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

134,784 

1,042,035 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning 
of the fi nancial year 

Eff ect of exchange rate changes on cash 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of 
the fi nancial year 

2,227,657 

1,185,135 

523 

487 

26 

2,362,964 

2,227,657 

(2,069,032) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Recognised Income and Expense
for the year ended 30 June 2008

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

Foreign currency translation 

Unrealised gain on investment in associates 

Net income recognised directly in equity 

(279,548) 

947 

110,624 

341,701 

(168,924) 

342,648 

– 

– 

– 

Profi t/(loss) for the period 

3,563,219 

1,980,231 

(2,992,682) 

Total recognised income and expense for the period 

3,394,295 

2,322,879 

(2,992,682) 

Attributable to:

  Equity holders of the parent 

  Minority interest 

3,394,295 

2,299,900 

(2,992,682) 

– 

22,979 

– 

3,394,295 

2,322,879 

(2,992,682) 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

p . 7 1

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2008

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a)  Basis of preparation
Th  is fi nancial report is a general-purpose fi nancial 
report, which has been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and Australian 
Accounting Standards. Th  e fi nancial report has also been 
prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative 
fi nancial instruments and available-for-sale fi nancial assets 
that have been measured at fair value and investments in 
associates accounted for using the equity method. Th  e 
carrying values of recognised assets and liabilities that 
are hedged with fair value hedges are adjusted to record 
changes in the fair values attributable to the risks that 
are being hedged.
Th  e fi nancial report is presented in Australian dollars and 
all values are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars 
($’000) unless otherwise stated under the option available 

to the Company under ASIC Class Order 98/100. Th  e 
Company is an entity to which the class order applies.
Th  e fi nancial report of Crown Limited and its controlled 
entities for the year ended 30 June 2008 was authorised 
for issue in accordance with a resolution of directors on 
18 August 2008 subject to fi nal approval by a sub committee 
which approval was received on 17 September 2008.
(b)  Statement of compliance
Th  e fi nancial report complies with Australian Accounting 
Standards as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards 
Board and International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board.
Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations 
that have recently been issued or amended but are not 
yet eff ective have not been adopted by the Group for the 
reporting period ending 30 June 2008. Th  ese are 
outlined in the table below.

Reference

Title

AASB Int. 13 Customer Loyalty 

Programmes

Application date of 
standard*

1 July 
2008

AASB 8 and 
AASB 2007-3

AASB 123 
(Revised) and 
AASB 2007-6

Operating Segments 
and consequential 
amendments to 
other Australian 
Accounting Standards

Borrowing Costs 
and consequential 
amendments to 
other Australian 
Accounting Standards

p . 7 2

AASB 101 
(Revised) and 
AASB 2007-8

Presentation of 
Financial Statements 
and consequential 
amendments to other 
Australian Accounting 
Standards

1 January 
2009

1 January 
2009

1 January 
2009

Impact on Group fi nancial report

Application 
date for 
Group*

1 July 
2008

1 July 
2009

1 July 
2009

1 July 
2009

Th  e Group accounts for its customer 
loyalty programmes in such a manner 
that this standard is not expected to 
have any material impact on the Group’s 
fi nancial report.
AASB 8 is a disclosure standard so 
therefore will have no direct impact on the 
amounts included in the Group’s fi nancial 
statements. In addition, the amendments 
may have an impact on the Group’s 
segment disclosures.
Th  ese amendments to AASB 123 require 
that all borrowing costs associated with 
a qualifying asset be capitalised. Th  e 
Group already capitalises borrowing costs 
associated with qualifying assets and as such 
the amendments are not expected to have 
any impact on the Group’s fi nancial report.
Th  ese amendments are only expected 
to aff ect the presentation of the Group’s 
fi nancial report and will not have a 
direct impact on the measurement and 
recognition of amounts disclosed in 
the fi nancial report. Th  e Group has not 
determined at this stage whether to present 
a single statement of comprehensive 
income or two separate statements.

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES  continued

(b)  Statement of compliance  continued

Reference
AASB
2008-1

AASB
2008-2

AASB 3 
(Revised) 

Title
Amendments to 
Australian Accounting 
Standard – Share-based 
Payments: Vesting 
Conditions and 
Cancellations 
Amendments to 
Australian Accounting 
Standards – Puttable 
Financial Instruments 
and Obligations arising 
on Liquidation 
Business Combinations

AASB 127 
(Revised)

Consolidated and 
Separate Financial 
Statements

AASB 2008-7 Cost of an Investment 
in a Subsidiary, Jointly 
Controlled Entity or 
Associate 

Application date of 
standard*
1 January 
2009

Impact on Group fi nancial report
Th  e Group has share-based payment 
arrangements that may be aff ected by 
these amendments. However, the Group 
has not yet determined the extent of the 
impact, if any.

Application 
date for 
Group*
1 July 
2009

1 January 
2009

1 July 
2009

1 July 
2009

1 January 
2009

Th  ese amendments are not expected to 
have any impact on the Group’s fi nancial 
report as the Group does not have on 
issue or expect to issue any puttable 
fi nancial instruments as defi ned by 
the amendments.
Th  e Group may enter into some business 
combinations during the next fi nancial 
year and may therefore consider early 
adopting the revised standard. Th  e Group 
has not yet assessed the impact of early 
adoption, including which accounting 
policy to adopt. 
If the Group changes its ownership interest 
in existing subsidiaries in the future, the 
change will be accounted for as an equity 
transaction. Th  is will have no impact on 
goodwill, nor will it give rise to a gain or a 
loss in the Group’s income statement.
Recognising all dividends received from 
subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities 
and associates as income will likely give 
rise to greater income being recognised 
by the parent entity after adoption of 
these amendments. 
In addition, if the Group enters into any 
group reorganisation establishing new 
parent entities, an assessment will need to 
be made to determine if the reorganisation 
meets the conditions imposed to be 
eff ectively accounted for on a ‘carry-over 
basis’ rather than at fair value.
Th  e Group has not yet determined 
the extent of the impact of the 
amendments, if any.

1 July 
2009

1 July 
2009

1 July
2007

1 July 
2007

1 July 
2009

p . 7 3

AASB 2008-5 
and 2008-6

Improvements to IFRSs  1 January 2009 except 
for amendments to IFRS 
5, which are eff ective 
from 1 July 2009.

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  continued
(b)  Statement of compliance  continued

Application date of 
standard*
1 January 
2009

1 January 
2008

Reference
IFRIC 16**

AASB Int. 12 
and AASB 
2007-2

Title
Hedges of a Net 
Investment in a Foreign 
Operation

Service Concession 
Arrangements 
and consequential 
amendments to other 
Australian Accounting 
Standards

Application 
date for 
Group*
1 July 
2009

1 July 
2008

Impact on Group fi nancial report
Th  e Interpretation is unlikely to have any 
impact on the Group since it does not 
signifi cantly restrict the hedged risk or 
where the hedging instrument can be held. 
Unless the Group enters into service 
concession arrangements or public-private-
partnerships (PPP), the amendments are 
not expected to have any impact on the 
Group’s fi nancial report.

*  Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated
**   Pronouncements that have been issued by the IASB and IFRIC but have not yet been issued by the AASB. Entities must disclose the impact 

of these pronouncements in order to make the statement of compliance with IFRS under AASB 101.14. 

Th  e Group has adopted AASB 7 ‘Financial Instruments: 
Disclosures’ and all consequential amendments which 
became applicable on 1 July 2007. Th  e adoption of this 
standard has only impacted the disclosure in these fi nancial 
statements. Th  ere has been no impact on profi t and loss or 
the fi nancial position of the entity.
(c)  Basis of consolidation
Th  e consolidated fi nancial statements are those of the 
consolidated entity, comprising Crown Limited (the parent 
entity) and all entities that Crown Limited controlled 
from time to time during the year and at reporting date.
Information from the fi nancial statements of subsidiaries 
is included from the date the parent entity obtains control 
until such time as control ceases. Where there is loss of 
control of a subsidiary, the consolidated fi nancial statements 
include the results for the part of the reporting period during 
which the parent entity has control.
Subsidiary acquisitions are accounted for using the 
purchase method of accounting. Th  e fi nancial statements 
of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period 
as the parent entity, using consistent accounting policies. 
Adjustments are made to bring into line any dissimilar 
accounting policies that may exist.
Investments in subsidiaries, as recorded in the parent entity 
(Crown Limited) accounts, are carried at cost.
All intercompany balances and transactions, including 
unrealised profi ts arising from intra-group transactions, 
have been eliminated in full. Unrealised losses are 
eliminated unless costs cannot be recovered.
Th  e accounting policies adopted have been applied 
consistently throughout the two reporting periods.

p . 7 4

(d)  Signifi cant accounting estimates and assumptions
Th  e carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities are 
often determined based on estimates and assumptions 
of future events. Th  e key estimates and assumptions that 
have a signifi cant risk of causing a material adjustment 
to the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities 
within the next annual reporting period are:
Impairment of goodwill and casino licences with 
indefi nite useful lives
Th  e Group determines whether goodwill and casino licences 
with indefi nite useful lives are impaired at least on an 
annual basis. Th  is requires an estimation of the recoverable 
amount of the cash-generating units to which the goodwill 
and casino licences with indefi nite useful lives are allocated. 
Th  e assumptions used in this estimation of recoverable 
amount and the carrying amount of goodwill and casino 
licences with indefi nite useful lives are discussed in note 17.
Share-based payment transactions
Th  e Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions 
with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the date at which they are granted. Th  e fair 
value is determined with the assistance of an external 
valuer, using the assumptions detailed in note 28.
Specifi c Items
Management determines specifi c items based on the nature 
and size.

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES  continued

(e)  Income tax
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and 
prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be 
recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based 
on the current period’s taxable income. Th  e tax rates and 
tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are 
enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary 
diff erences at the balance sheet date between the tax bases 
of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for 
fi nancial reporting purposes.
Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable 
temporary diff erences:
•  except where the deferred income tax liability arises 
from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in 
a transaction that is not a business combination and, 
at the time of the transaction, aff ects neither the 
accounting profi t nor taxable profi t or loss; or

•  in respect of taxable temporary diff erences associated 

with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests 
in joint ventures, except where the timing of the reversal 
of the temporary diff erences can be controlled and it is 
probable that the temporary diff erences will not reverse 
in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible 
temporary diff erences, carry-forward of unused tax assets 
and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that 
taxable profi t will be available against which the deductible 
temporary diff erences, and the carry-forward of unused tax 
assets and unused tax losses can be utilised:
•  except where the deferred income tax asset relating to 
the deductible temporary diff erence arises from the 
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction 
that is not a business combination and, at the time of 
the transaction, aff ects neither the accounting profi t not 
taxable profi t or loss; or

•  in respect of deductible temporary diff erences associated 
with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests 
in joint ventures, deferred tax assets are only recognised 
to the extent that it is probable that the temporary 
diff erences will reverse in the foreseeable future and 
taxable profi t will be available against which the 
temporary diff erences can be utilised.

Th  e carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is 
reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that suffi  cient taxable 
profi t will be available to allow all or part of the deferred 
income tax asset to be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured 
at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when 
the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax 
rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date.
Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity 
are recognised in equity and not in the income statement.
(f)  Other taxes
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the 
amount of GST except:
•  where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and 
services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, 
in which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost 
of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item 
as applicable; 

•  Gaming revenues, due to the GST being off set 

against casino taxes; and

•  receivables and payables are stated with the amount 

of GST included.

Th  e net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, 
the taxation authority is included as part of receivables 
or payables in the balance sheet.
Cash fl ows are included in the Cash Flow Statement on a 
gross basis and the GST component of cash fl ows arising 
from investing and fi nancing activities, which is recoverable 
from, or payable to, the taxation authority are classifi ed 
as operating cash fl ows.
Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the 
amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the 
taxation authority.
(g)  Foreign currency translation
Both the functional and presentation currency of Crown 
Limited and its Australian subsidiaries is Australian dollars 
(A$). Each foreign entity in the Group determines its own 
functional currency and items included in the fi nancial 
statements of each foreign entity are measured using that 
functional currency.
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded 
in the functional currency at the exchange rates ruling at 
the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate 
of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. All diff erences 
in the consolidated fi nancial report are taken to the 
income statement.
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical 
cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange 
rate as at the date of the initial transaction. Non-monetary 
items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are 
translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair 
value was determined.

p . 7 5

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES  continued
(g)  Foreign currency translation  continued
As at the reporting date the assets and liabilities of overseas 
subsidiaries are translated into the presentation currency 
of Crown Limited at the rate of exchange ruling at the 
balance sheet date and the income statements are translated 
at the weighted average exchange rates for the period. Th  e 
exchange diff erences arising on the retranslation are taken 
directly to a separate component of equity.
On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative 
amount recognised in equity relating to that particular 
foreign operation is recognised in the income statement.
(h)  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and short term deposits in the balance sheet comprise 
cash at bank and on hand, and short term deposits.
For the purposes of the Cash Flow Statement, cash and 
cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as 
defi ned above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.
(i)  Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original invoice 
amount less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts.
An estimate for doubtful debts is made when there is 
objective evidence that the full amount may not be 
collected. Bad debts are written off  when identifi ed.
Receivables from associates and other related parties are 
carried at amortised cost. Interest, when charged is taken 
up as income on an accrual basis.
(j)  Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value.
Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present 
location and condition are accounted for as follows:
Gaming inventories which include food, beverages and 
general stores are costed on a weighted average basis.
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion 
and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.
(k)  Investments in associates
Th  e Group’s investment in its associates are accounted for 
under the equity method of accounting in the consolidated 
fi nancial statements. Th  ese are entities in which the Group 
has signifi cant infl uence and which are not subsidiaries.
Th  e fi nancial statements of the associates are used by the 
Group to apply the equity method. Where associates apply 
diff erent accounting policies to the Group, adjustments are 
made upon application of the equity method.
Investments in the associates, as recorded in the parent 
entity (Crown Limited) accounts, are carried at cost.

Th  e investment in the associates is carried in the 
consolidated balance sheet at cost plus post-acquisition 
changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the associates, 
less any impairment in value. Th  e consolidated income 
statement refl ects the Group’s share of the results of 
operations of the associates.
Where there has been a change recognised directly in 
the associates’ equity, the Group recognises its share of 
any changes and discloses this, when applicable in the 
consolidated statement of recognised income and expense.
(l)  Investments
All investments are initially recognised at cost, being the fair 
value of the consideration given and including acquisition 
charges associated with the investment.
After initial recognition, investments, which are classifi ed 
as available-for-sale, are measured at fair value. Gains or 
losses on available-for-sale investments are recognised as a 
separate component of equity until the investment is sold, 
collected or otherwise disposed of, or until the investment 
is determined to be impaired, at which time the cumulative 
gain or loss previously reported in equity is included in the 
income statement.
Non-derivative fi nancial assets with fi xed or determinable 
payments and fi xed maturity are classifi ed as held-to-
maturity when the Group has the positive intention and 
ability to hold to maturity. Investments intended to be held 
for an undefi ned period are not included in this classifi cation.
Other long-term investments that are intended to be held-
to-maturity, such as bonds, are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the eff ective interest method. Amortised 
cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or 
premium on acquisition, over the period to maturity.
For investments carried at amortised cost, gains and 
losses are recognised in income when the investments 
are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the 
amortisation process.
For investments that are actively traded in organised fi nancial 
markets, fair value is determined by reference to Stock 
Exchange quoted market bid prices at the close of business 
on the balance sheet date. For investments where there is no 
quoted market price, fair value is determined by reference 
to the current market value of another instrument which is 
substantially the same or is calculated based on the expected 
cash fl ows of the underlying net asset base of the investment.
(m)  Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value.
Depreciation and amortisation is calculated on a straight-
line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset as follows:
Freehold buildings – 40 to 75 years
Leasehold improvements – lease term
Plant and equipment – 2 to 15 years

p . 7 6

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES  continued
(m)  Property, plant and equipment  continued
Impairment
Th  e carrying values of property, plant and equipment are 
reviewed for impairment when events or changes in 
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be 
recoverable. For an asset that does not generate largely 
independent cash infl ows, the recoverable amount is 
determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset 
belongs. If any such indication exists and where the carrying 
values exceed the estimated recoverable amount, the assets 
or cash-generating units are written down to their 
recoverable amount.
Th  e recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment 
is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. 
In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash fl ows are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount 
rate that refl ects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the risks specifi c to the asset.
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised 
upon disposal or when no future economic benefi ts are 
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset.
Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset 
(calculated as the diff erence between the net disposal 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the item) is included in 
the income statement in the period the item is derecognised.
(n)  Intangible assets
Licences
Licences are carried at cost.
Th  e directors regularly assess the carrying value of casino 
licences so as to ensure they are not carried at a value greater 
than their recoverable amount.
Th  e casino licence premiums are carried at cost of 
acquisition. Th  e Crown Melbourne licence is being 
amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of 
the licence from the time PBL acquired Crown Melbourne, 
being 34 years. Th  e Burswood licence is perpetual and, as 
such, no amortisation is charged. Th  e Burswood licence is 
subject to an annual impairment assessment.
Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost being 
the excess of the cost of the business combination over the 
acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifi able 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Following 
initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any 
accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised.
As at the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is allocated 
to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefi t from 
the combination’s synergies.
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment, annually or more 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate 

that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is 
determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash 
generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Where the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than 
the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised.
Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit 
and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, 
the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is 
included in the carrying amount of the operation when 
determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation. 
Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured on 
the basis of the relative values of the operation disposed of 
and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.
Development costs
Development expenditure incurred on an individual project 
is carried forward when its future recoverability can 
reasonably be regarded as assured.
Following the initial recognition of the development 
expenditure, the cost model is applied requiring the asset 
to be carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and 
accumulated impairment losses. Any expenditure carried 
forward is amortised over the period of expected future sales 
from the related project.
Th  e carrying value of development costs is reviewed for 
impairment annually when the asset is not yet in use, or more 
frequently when an indicator of impairment arises during 
the reporting year indicating that the carrying value may 
not be recoverable.
Other intangible assets
Acquired both separately and from a business combination.
Intangible assets acquired separately are capitalised at cost 
and from a business combination are capitalised at fair value 
as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, 
the cost model is applied to the class of intangible assets.
Th  e useful lives of these intangible assets are assessed to be 
either fi nite or indefi nite. Where amortisation is charged 
on assets with fi nite lives, this expense is taken to the 
income statement.
Intangible assets, excluding development costs, created 
within the business are not capitalised and expenditure is 
charged against profi ts in the period in which the expenditure 
is incurred.
Intangible assets are tested for impairment where an 
indicator of impairment exists, and in the case of indefi nite 
lived intangibles annually, either individually or at the cash 
generating unit level. Useful lives are also examined on an 
annual basis and adjustments, where applicable, are made 
on a prospective basis.
Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible 
asset are measured as the diff erence between the net disposal 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are 
recognised in the income statement when the net asset 
is derecognised.

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

p . 7 7

Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES  continued

(o)  Recoverable amount of assets
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there 
is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Where an 
indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes a formal 
estimate of recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount 
of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount the asset is 
considered impaired and is written down to its 
recoverable amount.
Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to 
sell and value in use. It is determined for an individual asset, 
unless the asset’s value in use cannot be estimated to be close 
to its fair value less costs to sell and it does not generate cash 
infl ows that are largely independent of those from other 
assets or groups of assets, in which case, the recoverable 
amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which 
the asset belongs. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash fl ows are discounted to their present value 
using a pre-tax discount rate that refl ects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specifi c 
to the asset.
(p)  Trade and other payables
Liabilities are brought to account for amounts payable in 
relation to goods received and services rendered, whether 
or not billed to the Group at reporting date. Th  e Group 
operates in a number of diverse markets, and accordingly 
the terms of trade vary by business.
(q)  Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at cost, 
being the fair value of the consideration received net of 
issue costs associated with the borrowing.
After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and 
borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the eff ective interest method. Amortised cost is 
calculated by taking into account any issue costs, and any 
discount or premium on settlement.
Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement 
when the liabilities are derecognised and as well as 
through the amortisation process.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs are capitalised on qualifying assets. Other 
borrowing costs are recognised as an expense when incurred.
(r)  Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the economic entity has a 
legal or constructive obligation to make a future sacrifi ce 
of economic benefi ts to other entities as a result of past 
transactions or other events, it is probable that a future 
sacrifi ce of economic benefi t will be required and a reliable 
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

If the eff ect of the time value of money is material, 
provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that 
refl ects the risks specifi c to the liability. When discounting 
is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of 
time is recognised as a borrowing cost.
A provision for dividends is not recognised as a liability 
unless the dividends are declared, determined or publicly 
recommended on or before the reporting date.
(s)  Employee benefi ts
Provision is made for employee benefi ts accumulated as a 
result of employees rendering services up to balance date 
including related on-costs. Th  e benefi ts include wages 
and salaries, incentives, compensated absences and other 
benefi ts, which are charged against profi ts in their respective 
expense categories when services are provided or benefi ts 
vest with the employee.
Th  e provision for employee benefi ts is measured at the 
remuneration rates expected to be paid when the liability is 
settled. Benefi ts expected to be settled after twelve months 
from the reporting date are measured at the present value 
of the estimated future cash outfl ows to be made in respect 
of services provided by employees up to the reporting date.
Th  e liability for long service leave is recognised in the 
provision for employee benefi ts and measured as the present 
value of expected future payments to be made in respect 
of services provided by employees up to the reporting date 
using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is 
given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience 
of employee departures, and periods of service. Expected 
future payments are discounted using market yields at the 
reporting date on national government bonds with terms 
to maturity and currencies that match, as closely as possible, 
the estimated future cash outfl ows.
(t)  Share-based payment transactions
Equity settled transactions
Th  e Group provides benefi ts to senior executives in the form 
of share-based payments, whereby executives render services 
in exchange for shares or rights over shares (equity-settled 
transactions).
Th  e plan in place to provide these benefi ts is the Executive 
Share Plan (ESP).
Th  e cost of these equity-settled transactions with executives 
is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the date which they are granted. Th  e fair 
value is determined by an external valuer using the Monte 
Carlo model, further details of which are given in note 30.
In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of 
any performance conditions, other than conditions linked to 
the price of the shares of Crown Limited, further details of 
which are given in note 28.

p . 7 8

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES  continued
(t)  Share-based payment transactions  continued
Equity settled transactions  continued
Th  e cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, 
together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the 
period in which the performance and/or service conditions 
are fulfi lled, ending on the date on which the relevant 
executives become fully entitled to the award (the 
vesting period).
Th  e cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled 
transactions at each reporting date until vesting dates refl ects:
(i) the extent to which the vesting period has expired and
(ii) the Groups best estimate of the number of equity 

instruments that will ultimately vest.

No adjustment is made for the likelihood of market 
performance conditions being met as the eff ect of these 
conditions is included in the determination of fair value at 
grant date. Th  e income statement charge or credit for a period 
represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as 
at the beginning and end of that period.
(u)  Leases
Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all 
the risks and benefi ts incidental to ownership of the leased 
item, are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the fair 
value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value 
of the minimum lease payments.
Lease payments are apportioned between the fi nance 
charges and reduction of the leased liability so as to achieve 
a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of 
the liability.
Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense 
in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the 
lease term.
(v)  Derecognition of fi nancial instruments
Th  e derecognition of a fi nancial instrument takes place 
when the Group no longer controls the contractual rights 
that comprise the fi nancial instrument, which is normally 
the case when the instrument is sold, or all the cash fl ows 
attributable to the instrument are passed through to an 
independent third party.
(w)  Derivative fi nancial instruments
Th  e Group uses derivative fi nancial instruments such as 
foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaps to hedge 
its risks associated with interest rate and foreign currency 
fl uctuations. Such derivative fi nancial instruments are stated 
at fair value.
Th  e fair value of forward exchange contracts is calculated 
by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts 
with similar maturity profi les. Th  e fair value of interest rate 

swap contracts is determined by reference to market values 
for similar instruments.
For the purposes of hedge accounting, hedges are classifi ed 
as either fair value hedges when they hedge the exposure to 
changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability; or 
cash fl ow hedges where they hedge exposure to variability 
in cash fl ows that is either attributable to a particular risk 
associated with a recognised asset or liability or a 
forecasted transaction.
In relation to fair value hedges (interest rate swaps) which 
meet the conditions for special hedge accounting, any gain 
or loss from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair 
value is recognised immediately in the income statement.
Any gain or loss attributable to the hedged risk on 
remeasurement of the hedged item is adjusted against the 
carrying amount of the hedged item and recognised in the 
income statement. Where the adjustment is to the carrying 
amount of a hedged interest-bearing fi nancial instrument, 
the adjustment is amortised to the income statement such 
that it is fully amortised by maturity.
In relation to cash fl ow hedges (forward foreign exchange 
contracts) to hedge fi rm commitments which meet the 
conditions for special hedge accounting, the portion of the 
gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined 
to be an eff ective hedge is recognised directly in equity 
and the ineff ective portion is recognised in the income 
statement. When the hedged fi rm commitment results in 
the recognition of an asset or a liability, then, at the time the 
asset or liability is recognised, the associated gains or losses 
that had previously been recognised in equity are included 
in the initial measurement of the acquisition cost or other 
carrying amount of the asset or liability.
For all other cash fl ow hedges, the gains or losses that are 
recognised in equity are transferred to the income statement 
in the same year in which the hedged fi rm commitment 
aff ects the net profi t and loss, for example when the future 
sale actually occurs.
For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, 
any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are 
taken directly to the income statement.
Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging 
instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or 
no longer qualifi es for hedge accounting. At that point in 
time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument 
recognised in equity is kept in equity until the forecasted 
transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer 
expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised 
in equity is transferred to the income statement.
(x)  Impairment of fi nancial assets
Th  e Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether a 
fi nancial asset or group of fi nancial assets is impaired.

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

p . 7 9

Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES  continued
(x)  Impairment of fi nancial assets  continued
(i)  Financial assets carried at amortised cost
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss 
on loans and receivables carried at amortised cost has 
been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the 
diff erence between the assets carrying amount and the 
present value of estimated future cash fl ows (excluding 
future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted 
at the fi nancial assets original eff ective interest rate (ie: the 
eff ective interest rate computed at initial recognition). Th  e 
carrying amount of the asset is reduced either directly or 
through use of an allowance account. Th  e amount of the 
loss is recognised in profi t or loss.
Th  e Group fi rst assesses whether objective evidence of 
impairment exists individually for fi nancial assets that are 
individually signifi cant, and individually or collectively 
for fi nancial assets that are not individually signifi cant. 
If it is determined that no objective evidence of impairment 
exists for an individually assessed fi nancial asset, whether 
signifi cant or not, the asset is included in a group of 
fi nancial assets with similar credit risk characteristics 
and that group of fi nancial assets is collectively assessed 
for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed 
for impairment and for which an impairment loss is or 
continues to be recognised are not included in a collective 
assessment of impairment.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment 
loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively 
to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, 
the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed. Any 
subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in 
profi t or loss, to the extent that the carrying value of the 
asset does not exceed its amortised cost at the reversal date.
(ii)  Financial assets carried at cost
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has 
been incurred on an unquoted equity instrument that is 
not carried at fair value (because its fair value cannot be 
reliably measured), or on a derivative asset that is linked 
to and must be settled by delivery of such an unquoted 
equity instrument, the amount of the loss is measured as 
the diff erence between the assets carrying amount and the 
present value of estimated cash fl ows, discounted at the 
current market rate of return for a similar fi nancial asset.
(iii)  Available-for-sale investments
If there is objective evidence that an available-for-sale 
investment is impaired, an amount comprising the 
diff erence between its cost (net of any principal repayment 
and amortisation) and its current fair value, less any 
impairment loss previously recognised in profi t or loss, is 
transferred from equity to the income statement. Reversals 
of impairment losses for equity instruments classifi ed as 
available-for-sale are not recognised in profi t. Reversals 

of impairment losses for debt instruments are reversed 
through profi t or loss if the increase in an instruments fair 
value can be objectively related to an event occurring after 
the impairment loss was recognised in profi t or loss.
(y)  Contributed equity
Ordinary shares are classifi ed as equity. Issued capital is 
recognised at the fair value of the consideration received 
by the Company, less transaction costs.
(z)  Revenue
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that the economic benefi ts will fl ow to the Group and the 
revenue can be reliably measured. Th  e following specifi c 
recognition criteria must also be met before revenue 
is recognised:
Sale of goods
Revenue is recognised when the signifi cant risks and 
rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the 
buyer and can be measured reliably. Risks and rewards are 
considered passed to the buyer at the time of delivery 
of the goods to the customer.
Rendering of services
Control of the right to be compensated for the services and 
the stage of completion can be reliably measured.
Casino revenues are the net of gaming wins and losses.
Interest
Revenue is recognised as the interest accrues (using the 
eff ective interest method, which is the rate that exactly 
discounts estimated future cash receipts through the 
expected life of the fi nancial instrument) to the net 
carrying amount of the fi nancial asset.
Dividends
Revenue is recognised when the shareholders’ right to 
receive the payment is established.
(aa)  Earnings per share
Basic EPS is calculated as net profi t attributable to members 
of the parent, adjusted to exclude any costs of servicing 
equity (other than dividends) and preference share 
dividends, divided by the weighted average number 
of ordinary shares, adjusted for any bonus element.
Diluted EPS is calculated as net profi t attributable to 
members of the parent, adjusted for:
•  costs of servicing equity (other than dividends) and 

preference share dividends;

•  the after tax eff ect of dividends and interest associated 
with dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been 
recognised as expenses; and

•  other non-discretionary changes in revenues or expenses 
during the period that would result from the dilution 
of potential ordinary shares;

divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
and dilutive potential ordinary shares, adjusted for any 
bonus element.

p . 8 0

2.  SEGMENT INFORMATION
Crown operated one distinct segment, being:
•  Gaming – operation of fully integrated gaming and entertainment facilities.
Intersegment trading, where appropriate, is eliminated on consolidation. Any such transactions are based on market values.

30 June 2008

(a)  Industry segment

Operating revenue

Total 

Intersegment 

External customers 

Other income 

Interest revenue 

Total revenue 

Segment result

Earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation 
“EBITDA” 

Note 

Gaming 
$’000 

Un- 
allocated 
$’000 

Less: Dis- 
Crown 
continued  Continuing
Group  Operations  Operations
$’000
$’000 
$’000 

2,028,924 

9,480 

2,038,404 

8,731 

2,029,673

(2,233) 

– 

(2,233) 

– 

(2,233)

2,026,691 

9,480 

2,036,171 

8,731 

2,027,440

701 

273,933 

274,634 

188,490 

273,933 

701

– 

188,490

3 

3 

3 

2,027,392 

283,413 

2,499,295 

282,664 

2,216,631

632,924 

(50,907) 

582,017 

(11,068) 

593,085

Depreciation and amortisation 

3 

(130,287) 

(3,866) 

(134,153) 

(1,343) 

(132,810)

Earnings before interest and tax 
“EBIT” 

Specifi c items 

Equity accounted share of associates’ 
net profi t/(loss) 

Net interest income/(expense) 

Profi t from operating activities before 
income tax and minority interests 

Less: tax expense 

Profi t after tax 

3 

11 

3 

5 

502,637 

(54,773) 

447,864 

(12,411) 

460,275

– 

3,112,400 

3,112,400 

3,351,563 

(239,163)

(21,999) 

57,470 

35,471 

55,501 

57,470 

– 

(21,999)

55,501

480,638 

3,115,097 

3,651,236 

3,396,622 

254,614

(88,017) 

29,591 

(117,608)

480,638 

3,115,097 

3,563,219 

3,426,213 

137,006

Total assets employed ^ 

4,991,457 

2,540,869 

7,532,326 

752,833 

2,481,362 

3,234,195 

Total liabilities 

Acquisition of 
Non-current assets 

Investments in associates 

11 

1,130,164 

199,086 

– 

– 

199,086 

1,130,164 

Non-cash (income)/expenses
(other than depn & amort) 

– 

239,163 

239,163 

^ Unallocated assets include unallocated cash on deposit of $2,215.2 million (2007: $2,086.2 million).

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

p . 8 1

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

7,532,326

3,234,195

199,086

1,130,164

239,163

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

2.  SEGMENT INFORMATION  continued
30 June 2007
(a)  Industry segment continued

Note 

Gaming 
$’000 

Media 
 (Disc- 
ontinued) 
$’000 

Un- 
allocated 
$’000 

Less: Dis-
Crown 
continued  Continuing 
 Group  Operations  Operations
$’000

$’000 

$’000 

Operating revenue

Total 

Intersegment 

External customers 

Other income 

Interest revenue 

Total revenue 

Segment result

Earnings before interest, 
tax, depreciation and 
amortisation “EBITDA” 

Depreciation and 
amortisation 

Earnings before interest 
and tax “EBIT” 

Specifi c items 

Equity accounted 
share of associates’ 
net profi t/(loss) 

Net interest (expense) 

Profi t from operating 
activities before income 
tax and minority interests 

1,915,496 

1,667,128 

5,677 

3,588,301 

1,672,805 

1,915,496

(6,953) 

(10,878) 

(4,460) 

(22,291) 

(15,338) 

(6,953)

1,908,543 

1,656,250 

1,217 

3,566,010 

1,657,467 

1,908,543

164 

13,948 

1,543,378 

1,557,490 

1,557,326 

164

112,803 

4,742 

108,061

3 

3 

3 

1,908,707 

1,670,198 

1,544,595 

5,236,303 

3,219,535 

2,016,768

603,810 

478,443 

(76,431) 

1,005,822 

402,012 

603,810

3 

(120,053) 

(37,580) 

(7,284) 

(164,917) 

(42,393) 

(122,524)

3 

11 

3 

483,757 

440,863 

(83,715) 

840,905 

359,619 

481,286

– 

(62,100) 

1,389,663 

1,327,563 

1,327,563 

–

(50,976) 

113,433 

– 

62,457 

113,433 

(150,284) 

(107,141) 

(50,976)

(43,143)

432,781 

492,196 

1,305,948 

2,080,641 

1,693,474 

387,167

Less: tax expense 

5 

(100,410) 

(81,643) 

(18,767)

Profi t after tax 

432,781 

492,196 

1,305,948 

1,980,231 

1,611,831 

368,400

Total assets employed ^ 

4,684,385 

103,248 

2,392,059 

7,179,692 

550,683 

6,629,009

849,632 

78,619 

386,157 

1,314,408 

202,996 

1,111,412

Investments in associates  11 

1,180,996 

– 

(122,785) 

1,058,211 

897,391 

324,434 

93,183 

1,315,008 

324,434 

143,000 

990,574

915,211

Non-cash (income)/ expenses
(other than depn & amort)   

(b)  Geographical segment

12,030 

(8,098) 

40,258 

44,190 

(8,098) 

52,288

Th  e consolidated entity operates principally within Australia.

p . 8 2

Total liabilities 

Acquisition of 
Non-current assets 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.  REVENUE AND EXPENSES

Profi t before income tax expense includes the 
following revenues and expenses:
(i)  Revenue from continuing operations

Revenue from services 

Revenue from sale of goods 

Interest 

Dividends 

Other operating revenue 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

1,744,585 

1,638,374 

270,135 

108,061 

263,737 

188,490 

40 

19,078 

34 

– 

175,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2,215,930 

2,016,604 

175,000 

(ii)  Other income from continuing operations

Profi t on disposal of non-current assets 

701 

164 

(iii)  Expenses from continuing operations

Cost of sales 

Gaming activities 

Specifi c Items 

Other activities 

Depreciation of non-current assets
(included in expenses above)

Buildings 

Plant and equipment 

Amortisation of non-current assets
(included in expenses above)

Casino licence fee and management agreement 

Other assets 

101,829 

95,484 

1,423,675 

1,329,466 

239,163 

42,362 

– 

2,471 

1,807,029 

1,427,421 

42,941 

72,019 

39,228 

65,359 

114,960 

104,587 

14,436 

3,414 

17,850 

14,417 

3,520 

17,937 

Total depreciation and amortisation expense 

132,810 

122,524 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

p . 8 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

3.  REVENUE AND EXPENSES  continued

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

(iv)  Specifi c items

Continuing operations

Write down of LVTI 

Write down of available for sale assets – equity securities 

Write down of deferred debt security 

Impairment write down of non-current assets 

Discontinued operations

Gain on demerger of CMH 

44,699 

181,330 

13,134 

– 

239,163 

(2,420,245) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Net profi t on disposal of investments 

(948,318) 

(1,530,896) 

Impairment and write down of non-current assets 

17,000 

Restructuring costs 

Other provisions 

– 

– 

79,734 

80,399 

43,200 

(3,351,563) 

(1,327,563) 

– 

– 

– 

3,168,144 

3,168,144 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total specifi c items 

(3,112,400) 

(1,327,563) 

3,168,144 

(v)  Other income and expense disclosures

Finance costs expensed:

Debt facilities 

Finance leases 

Bad and doubtful debts – trade debtors 

Rentals – operating leases 

Defi ned benefi t superannuation plan expenses 

Defi ned contribution plan expense 

Other employee benefi ts expense 

Executive share plan expenses 

Net foreign currency gains/(losses) 

p . 8 4

132,989 

151,172 

– 

32 

132,989 

151,204 

(11,185) 

8,652 

– 

33,930 

530,545 

3,672 

781 

6,901 

8,387 

(575) 

60,220 

699,207 

9,509 

2,194 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.  DIVIDENDS PAID AND PROPOSED

(a)  Dividends appropriated during the fi nancial year
Current year interim dividend (paid 18 April 2008)

Paid at 25 cents (2007: 30 cents) per share franked 
at 40% (2007: fully franked) at the Australian tax 
rate of 30% (2007: 30%) 
Prior year fi nal dividend (paid 15 October 2007)

Paid at 25 cents (2006: 29 cents) per share and 
fully franked (2006: fully franked) at the Australian 
tax rate of 30% (2006: 30%) 

Total dividends appropriated 

(b)  Dividends announced and not recognised as a liability
Current year fi nal dividend on ordinary shares
(expected to be paid 17 October 2008)

Announced at 29 cents (2007: 25 cents) per share and franked 
at 40% (2007: fully franked) at the Australian tax rate 
of 30% (2007: 30%) 

(c)  Franking credits

Th  e tax rate at which the fi nal dividend will be franked is 
30% (2007: 30%). Th  e franking account disclosures have 
been calculated using the franking rate applicable at 
30 June 2008

Th  e amount of franking credits available for the subsequent 
fi nancial year:

Franking account balance as at the end of the fi nancial year 
at 30% (2007: 30%) 

Franking credits that will arise from the payment of income 
taxes payable as at the end of the fi nancial year 

Total franking credits 

Th  e amount of franking credits available for future 
reporting periods:

Impact on the franking account of dividends announced 
before the fi nancial report was authorised for issue but not 
recognised as a distribution to equity holders during the 
fi nancial year 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

169,521 

202,669 

169,521 

169,736 

339,257 

196,474 

399,143 

– 

169,521 

196,687 

169,718 

196,687 

9,445 

49,049 

9,445 

22,554 

31,999 

22,670 

71,719 

22,554 

31,999 

(34,287) 

(2,288) 

(72,736) 

(34,287) 

(1,017) 

(2,288) 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

p . 8 5

Th  e company will pay tax instalments before the payment of the fi nal dividend to ensure the dividends can be franked to 40%.

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

5.  INCOME TAX

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

(a)  Income tax expense

Th  e prima facie tax expense, using tax rates applicable 
in the country of operation, on profi t diff ers from 
income tax provided in the fi nancial statements as follows:

Profi t/(loss) before income tax 

3,651,236 

2,080,641 

(2,993,144) 

Prima facie income tax expense/(benefi t) on profi t/(loss) 
at the Australian rate of 30% (2007: 30%) 

1,095,371 

624,192 

(897,943) 

Tax eff ect of:

Rebatable dividends 

Non deductible depreciation and amortisation 

Non taxable net capital loss/(gain) 

Share of associates’ net (profi ts) 

Tax losses previously not recognised now 
brought to account 

Dividends from associated entities 

Other items – net 

Impairment and write down of investments 

Deferred income tax on temporary diff erences 

Income tax (over)/under provided in prior years 

Deferred tax adjustment 

Income tax expense/(benefi t) 

Income tax expense/(benefi t) comprises –

Current expense 

Deferred expense/(benefi t) 

Adjustments for current income tax of prior periods 

(b)  Deferred income taxes

Deferred income tax assets 

Deferred income tax liabilities 

p . 8 6

Net deferred income tax liabilities 

– 

1,506 

(3,198) 

2,584 

(52,500) 

– 

(1,031,337) 

(465,057) 

950,443 

(10,641) 

(18,737) 

– 

– 

(7,263) 

71,739 

(6,966) 

675 

(25,067) 

(70,062) 

8,500 

(801) 

23,920 

338 

(1,269) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(462) 

– 

– 

88,017 

100,410 

(462) 

94,308 

(6,966) 

675 

101,341 

338 

(1,269) 

88,017 

100,410 

– 

(462) 

– 

(462) 

136,573 

394,709 

184,052 

477,331 

13,870 

– 

(258,136) 

(293,279) 

13,870 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.  INCOME TAX  continued

(c)   Deferred income tax assets and liabilities 

at the end of the fi nancial year

Doubtful debt provision 

Employee benefi ts provision 

Revenue losses carried forward 

Other receivables 

Other provisions 

Revaluation to fair value of:

Investments 

Prepaid casino tax 

Licences, mastheads and intangibles 

Land and buildings 

Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes 

Other 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

7,803 

18,222 

13,500 

49,353 

47,695 

18,287 

18,218 

33,241 

34,296 

38,606 

(155,490) 

(224,857) 

(563) 

(22,152) 

(149,797) 

(145,384) 

(86,960) 

(3,764) 

1,865 

(45,179) 

(10,650) 

12,295 

– 

– 

13,500 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

370 

Net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities) 

(258,136) 

(293,279) 

13,870 

(d)   Movements in deferred income tax assets and 

liabilities during the fi nancial year, refl ected in 
deferred income tax expense/(benefi t) –

Revaluation to fair value of:

Prepaid casino tax 

Adjustment to the carrying value of assets 

Net deferred income tax expense/(benefi t) 

(e)   Tax losses not brought to account, as the realisation 
of the benefi ts represented by these balances is not 
considered to be probable –

Th  e Group has tax losses arising in Australia that are 
available indefi nitely for off set against future capital gains 
of the companies in which the losses arose.

Capital gains tax – no expiry date 

Total tax losses not brought to account 

Potential tax benefi t at respective tax rates 

(f)  Withholding taxes payable

(820) 

(6,146) 

(6,966) 

(820) 

1,158 

338 

– 

(462) 

(462) 

199,000 

1,344,492 

199,000 

1,344,492 

59,700 

403,348 

199,000 

199,000 

59,700 

At 30 June 2008, there is no recognised or unrecognised deferred income tax liability (2007: $nil) for taxes that would 
be payable on the unremitted earnings of certain of the Group’s subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, as the Group has 
no liability for additional taxation should such amounts be remitted.

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

p . 8 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

5.  INCOME TAX  continued
(g)  Tax consolidation
Crown Limited and its 100% owned Australian resident subsidiaries have formed a tax consolidated group with eff ect from 
1 July 2007. Crown Limited is the head entity of the tax consolidated group. Members of the group have entered into a tax 
sharing arrangement with Crown Limited in order to allocate income tax expense between Crown Limited and the wholly 
owned subsidiaries. In addition, the agreement provides for the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities 
should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. At the balance date the possibility of default is remote.
(h)  Tax eff ect accounting by members of the tax consolidated group
Members of the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax funding agreement. Th  e tax funding agreement provides 
for the allocation of current and deferred taxes to members of the tax consolidated group in accordance with their taxable 
income for the period. Th  e allocation of taxes under the tax funding agreement is recognised as an increase/decrease in the 
subsidiaries intercompany accounts with the tax consolidated group head company, Crown Limited.

6.  DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
(a)  Details of discontinued operations
Demerger of CMH
On 12 December 2007, Crown disposed of its Media businesses by way of a demerger of Consolidated Media Holdings 
Limited. Th  e demerger was eff ected by returning 1 CMH share to shareholders for each Crown share held.
Th  e net assets of CMH at the time of demerger were $131.6 million. Th  e value of CMH at the demerger date was 
$2,551.8 million. A gain of $2,420.2 million was therefore recorded on demerger. Th  e $131.6 million has been recorded 
as a reduction of capital in the consolidated accounts and the $2,420.2 million has been accounted for as an internal 
distribution in the consolidated accounts.
As part of the demerger the following material entities were disposed:
–  Consolidated Media Holdings Ltd (formally PBL)
–  Windfyr Pty Ltd (and controlled entities)
–  PBL Media Holdings Shareholder Pty Ltd (and controlled entities)
–  PBL Pay TV Pty Ltd (and controlled entities)
PBL Media
On 10 September 2007 PBL disposed half of its 50% investment (25%) in PBL Media for proceeds of $526.4 million. 
Th  e cost base disposed by PBL relating to the share disposed was negative $347.3 million resulting in a profi t on disposal 
of $873.7 million.
Ticketing and Events
On 17 July 2007, PBL sold its Ticketing and Events business to PBL Media for $210.0 million in cash. PBL’s cost base in 
the Ticketing and Events business at the time of the sale was $50.5 million. At the time of the transaction PBL owned 50% 
of PBL Media, therefore 50% of these net assets and 50% of the debt funding that PBL Media used for the acquisition 
were transferred to PBL’s investment in PBL Media ($79.7 million). Th  e residual 50% was disposed, resulting in a gain on 
disposal of $79.7 million.
Th  e material entities disposed as part of this transaction were:
–  Ticketek Pty Limited
–  Sydney Superdome Pty Limited; and
–  Events Management Catering Pty Limited

p . 8 8

6.  DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS  continued
(a)  Details of discontinued operations  continued
Hoyts
On 5 December 2007 Crown sold its investment in Hoyts for $145.4 million. Costs of $3.2 million were incurred in 
relation to the sale. At the time the carrying value of Hoyts was $147.3 million resulting in a loss on disposal of Hoyts 
of $5.1 million.
Other Discontinued Operations
Other discontinued operations consists of equity accounted results of entities no longer part of the Crown Group, tax 
adjustments, and corporate costs of businesses residing in CMH. Th  e net profi t from these other discontinued operations 
is $74.7 million.
Summary of Discontinued Operations
In summary, Crown’s gain from discontinued operations of $3,426.2 million consists of the following:

Gain on demerger of CMH 

Gain on disposal of PBL Media 

Gain on disposal of Ticketing & Events 

Loss on disposal of Hoyts 

New Regency write down 

Other discontinued operations 

$’000

2,420,245

873,721

79,743

(5,146)

(17,000)

74,650

3,426,213

(b)  Cashfl ow information – discontinued operations

Th  e net cash fl ows of discontinued operations for the period until disposal were as follows:

Operating activities 

Investing activities 

Financing activities 

CONSOLIDATED

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

(3,641) 

438,700

671,872 

(299,853)

(2,139,622) 

677,188

(1,471,391) 

816,035 

p . 8 9

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

6.  DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS  continued
(c) Assets and liabilities – held for sale operations
Th  e major classes of assets and liabilities of Ticketek Pty Limited and Sydney Superdome Pty Limited at 30 June 2007 
are as follows:

Ticketek 
and Sydney 
  Superdome

$’000

63,069

27,715

915

4,556

6,992

103,247

71,967

6,652

78,619

24,628

Assets 

Intangibles 

Property, plant and equipment 

Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 

Other assets 

Assets classifi ed as held for sale 

Liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Other liabilities 

Liabilities directly associated with assets classifi ed as held for sale 

Net assets/liabilities attributable to discontinued operations 

(d) Cashfl ow information – held for sale operations
Th  e net cash fl ows of held for sale operations are as follows:

Ticketing 
and Events 
$’000 

26,103 

10,622 

Hoyts 
$’000 

– 

– 

New
Regency 
$’000 

– 

– 

Total
$’000

26,103

10,622

Operating activities 

Net cash infl ow 

p . 9 0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current

Trade receivables 

Provision for doubtful debts (a) 

Loans to associated entities 

Loans to directors 

Other receivables 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

114,844 

103,568 

(13,983) 

(44,242) 

100,861 

59,326 

314 

– 

45,349 

45,663 

384 

92 

45,154 

45,630 

146,524 

104,956 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(a)   Allowance for Doubtful Debts

 Trade debtors are non-interest bearing and are generally 30 day terms.
An allowance for doubtful debts is recognised when there is objective evidence that an individual trade debt is impaired.

Movements in the allowance for doubtful debts:

CONSOLIDATED

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

Allowance for doubtful debts at the beginning of the year 

(44,242) 

(41,412)

Discontinued Operations (Transferred Out) 

Net doubtful debt (expense)/reversal for the year (i) 

Amounts written off  

(i) Amounts are included in other expenses

Ageing analysis of trade debtors

2008 – consolidated

Current 

Past due not impaired 

Considered impaired 

2007 – consolidated

Current 

Past due not impaired 

Considered impaired 

369 

11,185 

18,705 

1,858

(6,901)

2,213

(13,983) 

(44,242)

0–30 days 

>30 days 

62,049 

– 

1,184 

63,233 

36,884 

– 

563 

37,447 

– 

38,812 

12,799 

51,611 

– 

22,442 

43,679 

66,121 

Total 
$’000

62,049

38,812

13,983

114,844

36,884

22,442

44,242

103,568

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

p . 9 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

7.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES  continued

Non Current

Loans to associated entities 

Derivatives 

Loans to controlled entities 

Other receivables 

Provision for doubtful debts 

8.  INVENTORIES

Current

Finished goods (at cost) 

9.  OTHER ASSETS
Current

Deposits 

Non Current

Prepaid casino tax at cost 

Accumulated amortisation 

10.  ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE
Current

Ticketek and Sydney Superdome 

Hoyts 

New Regency 

p . 9 2

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

248,079 

11,200 

– 

188,923 

(5,000) 

73,339 

– 

– 

21,762 

(5,000) 

– 

– 

178,160 

– 

– 

443,202 

90,101 

178,160 

11,835 

11,835 

9,722 

9,722 

70 

70 

108 

108 

100,800 

100,800 

(29,694) 

(26,960) 

71,106 

73,840 

– 

– 

– 

– 

103,247 

143,000 

201,188 

447,435 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.  INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD

Non Current
Investments at equity accounted amount:

Associated entities – unlisted shares 

Associated entities – listed shares 

Total investments in associates 

Fair value of listed investments:

SEEK Ltd 

Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

151,876 

978,288 

1,130,164 

824,426 

90,785 

915,211 

– 

568,027 

1,613,685 

2,466,517 

1,613,685 

3,034,544 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

Investments in Associates  Date 

Principal Activity 

Reporting 

Country of
Incorporation 
or Residence 

% Interest 1

2008 

2007

Melco Crown Entertainment   31 Dec 2 
Ltd 

Resort/Casino and 
gaming machine operator

Macau 

37.9 

Sky Cable Pty Ltd 

Premier Media Group 

SEEK Ltd 

Aspinalls 

PBL Media 

30 June 

30 June 

30 June 

30 June 

30 June 

Investment in Pay TV 

Pay TV sport service 

Online job search service 

Casino and gaming  
machine operator

Magazine publishing  
and broadcast services

Betfair Australasia Pty Ltd 

30 April 2 

Betting exchange 

Gateway Casinos 

31 Dec 2 

Casino and gaming  
machine operator

1  Th  e proportion of ownership interest is equal to the proportion of voting power held.
2  Th  e Group uses 30 June results to equity account for the investments.

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

U.K. 

Australia 

Australia 

Canada 

– 

– 

– 

50.0 

– 

50.0 

50.0 

41.4

50.0

50.0

27.2

50.0

50.0

50.0

–

p . 9 3

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

11.  INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD  continued

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

Note 

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

Share of associates’ revenue and profi ts

Share of associates’:

Revenue 

Operating profi t before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Share of associates’ net profi t after income tax 

2 

Carrying amount of investments in associates

654,845 

37,964 

(2,493) 

35,471 

637,529 

80,002 

(17,545) 

62,457 

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

915,211 

1,026,325 

Carrying amount of investments in associates 
acquired during the year 

Share of associates’ net profi t/(loss) for the year 

Dividends received or receivable 

Gain on issue of shares by associate 

Impairment and fx write down of investments 

Recognition of PBL Media on deconsolidation 

Transfer to assets held for sale 

Carrying amount of investments in associates disposed 
of during the year 

Carrying amount of investment in associates at the end 
of the fi nancial year 

Represented by:

Investments at equity accounted amount:

•  Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd 
•  Aspinalls 
•  Betfair Australasia Pty Ltd 
•  Gateway 
•  Sky Cable Pty Ltd 
•  Premier Media Group 
•  SEEK Ltd 
•  PBL Media1 

p . 9 4

79,586 

35,471 

340,249 

62,457 

(66,659) 

(28,332) 

158,035 

488,145 

(266,453) 

(66,235) 

– 

– 

(642,375) 

(143,000) 

274,973 

(122,023) 

1,130,164 

915,211 

978,287 

1,052,642 

85,489 

16,948 

49,440 

– 

– 

– 

– 

109,923 

18,430 

– 

138,757 

117,930 

90,785 

(613,256) 

1,130,164 

915,211 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1   Th  e negative carrying value of the investment in PBL Media refl ects 50% of the cost of net assets sold by PBL to PBL Media, off set by the 50% share 

of PBL Media’s debt.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.  INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD  continued

Th  e consolidated entity’s share of the assets and liabilities 
of associates in aggregate

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Net assets 

Retained profi ts/(accumulated losses) of the consolidated 
entity attributable to associates

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Share of associates’ net profi ts/(losses) 

Disposal of associated entities 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year 

12.  AVAILABLEFORSALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

At fair value

Shares – unlisted (Australia) 

Shares – unlisted (US) 

Shares – listed 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

377,684 

617,632 

2,102,728 

4,969,001 

(255,979) 

(486,692) 

(1,138,693) 

(2,531,121) 

1,085,740 

2,568,820 

79,641 

35,471 

58,656 

62,457 

(190,436) 

(41,472) 

(75,324) 

79,641 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

37,014 

470,475 

– 

37,014 

359,757 

1,242 

507,489 

398,013 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

Available-for-sale investments consist of investments in ordinary shares, and therefore have no fi xed maturity date 
or coupon rate.

Th  e fair value of the unlisted available-for-sale investments has been estimated using valuation techniques based on 
assumptions that are not supported by observable market prices or rates. Management believes the estimated fair values 
resulting from the valuation techniques and recorded in the balance sheet and the related changes in fair values recorded 
in the income statement are reasonable and the most appropriate at the balance sheet date.

p . 9 5

13.  OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS

Non current

Unlisted shares in controlled entities 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

– 

– 

– 

– 

8,628,413 

8,628,413 

–

–

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

14.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

CONSOLIDATED 

  Buildings 

Freehold 
land and 
buildings 
$’000 

on  Leasehold 

leasehold 
 land 
$’000 

improve-  Plant and 
 ments  equipment 
$’000 
$’000 

 Construction  Leased 
work in  plant and 
 progress  equipment 
$’000 

$’000 

PA R ENT 
ENTIT Y

Total
property,
plant and

 equipment  Total
$’000  $’000

Year ended 30 June 2008

At 1 July 2007, net of 
accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

694,185 

654,001 

5,374 

451,806 

25,485 

209 

1,831,060 

Additions 

Disposals 

Disposal of entities 

7,187 

43,103 

(2,933) 

(40,828) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

46,274 

102,522 

(1,191) 

– 

– 

– 

199,086 

(4,124) 

(5,374) 

(5,152) 

(3,600) 

(209) 

(55,163) 

Depreciation expense 

(16,776) 

(26,662) 

Amortisation expense 

– 

Reclassifi cation/transfer 

33,716 

– 

116 

– 

– 

– 

(72,444) 

– 

– 

– 

25,534 

(59,366) 

– 

– 

– 

(115,882) 

– 

– 

At 30 June 2008, net of 
accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

At 1 July 2007 

Cost 
(gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

674,551 

670,558 

–  444,827 

65,041 

– 

1,854,977 

820,225 

947,206 

5,838  1,146,271 

25,485 

10,981 

2,956,006 

(126,040)  (293,205) 

(464)  (694,465) 

– 

(10,772) 

(1,124,946) 

Net carrying amount 

694,185 

654,001 

5,374  451,806 

25,485 

209 

1,831,060 

At 30 June 2008

Cost 
(gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

812,165 

987,441 

–  1,184,250 

65,041 

10,679 

3,059,576 

(137,614)  (316,883) 

– 

(739,423) 

– 

(10,679) 

(1,204,599) 

Net carrying amount 

674,551 

670,558 

–  444,827 

65,041 

– 

1,854,977 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

p . 9 6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT  continued

CONSOLIDATED 

  Buildings 

Freehold 
land and 
buildings 
$’000 

on  Leasehold 

leasehold 
 land 
$’000 

improve-  Plant and 
 ments  equipment 
$’000 
$’000 

 Construction  Leased 
work in  plant and 
 progress  equipment 
$’000 

$’000 

PA R ENT 
ENTIT Y

Total
property,
plant and

 equipment  Total
$’000  $’000

Year ended 30 June 2007

At 1 July 2006, net of 
accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

Additions 

Disposals 

Disposal of entities 

Transfer (to)/from assets 
held for sales 

At 30 June 2007, net of 
accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

At 1 July 2006

Cost 
(gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

Depreciation expense 

(17,287) 

(24,037) 

– 

(93,921) 

Amortisation expense 

– 

Reclassifi cation/transfer 

1,350 

733,275 

660,748 

8,901 

481,478 

38,206 

17,290 

5,141 

165,991 

24,061 

10,846 

(493) 

(1,246) 

– 

1,719 

1,910,182 

120 

(24) 

237,594 

(2,146) 

(383) 

(60,976) 

– 

– 

(6,290) 

(71,544) 

(9,306) 

(1,295) 

(149,411) 

(1,885) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(135,245) 

(311) 

(2,196) 

– 

– 

(1,234) 

(116) 

(27,718) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(27,718) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

694,185 

654,001 

5,374  451,806 

25,485 

209 

1,831,060 

847,434 

929,916 

19,681  1,391,122 

24,061 

16,828 

3,229,042 

(114,159)  (269,168) 

(10,780)  (909,644) 

– 

(15,109) 

(1,318,860) 

Net carrying amount 

733,275 

660,748 

8,901  481,478 

24,061 

1,719 

1,910,182 

At 30 June 2007

Cost 
(gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment 

820,225 

947,206 

5,838  1,146,271 

25,485 

10,981 

2,956,006 

(126,040)  (293,205) 

(464)  (694,465) 

– 

(10,772) 

(1,124,946) 

Net carrying amount 

694,185 

654,001 

5,374  451,806 

25,485 

209 

1,831,060 

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

p . 9 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

Television 
licences 1 
$’000 

CONSOLIDATED 

Casino  Magazine 
licence 1  Mastheads 1 
$’000 

$’000 

PA R ENT 
ENTIT Y

Total 
$’000 

Total
$’000

15.  LICENCES

Year ended 30 June 2008

At 1 July 2007, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment 

Amortisation expense 

At 30 June 2008, net of accumulated 
amortisation and impairment 

At 1 July 2007

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

At 30 June 2008

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

Year ended 30 June 2007

At 1 July 2006, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment 

Acquisition of entities 

Disposal of entities 

Amortisation expense 

At 30 June 2007, net of accumulated 
amortisation and impairment 

At 1 July 2006

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

674,339 

(7,471) 

666,868 

774,899 

(100,560) 

674,339 

774,899 

(108,031) 

666,868 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

674,339 

(7,471) 

666,868 

774,899 

(100,560) 

674,339 

774,899 

(108,031) 

666,868 

894,555 

127,400 

(1,021,955) 

– 

– 

681,810 

846,613 

2,422,978 

– 

– 

(7,471) 

674,339 

– 

127,400 

(846,613) 

(1,868,568) 

– 

– 

(7,471) 

674,339 

894,555 

– 

774,899 

(93,089) 

846,613 

2,516,067 

– 

(93,089) 

Net carrying amount 

894,555 

681,810 

846,613 

2,422,978 

p . 9 8

At 30 June 2007

Cost (gross carrying amount) 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

1 Purchased as part of a business combination

– 

– 

– 

774,899 

(100,560) 

674,339 

– 

– 

– 

774,899 

(100,560) 

674,339 

Th  e casino licence premiums are carried at cost and amortised on a straight line basis over their useful lives. Th  e Crown 
licence is being amortised over 34 years. Th  e Burswood licence is perpetual and no amortisation is charged.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 
 
 
 
 
 
16.  OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

CONSOLIDATED 

Casino 
  management  
agreement 1 
$’000 

Goodwill 1 
$’000 

Venue
 ticketing
rights 2 
$’000 

PA R ENT 
ENTIT Y

Total 
$’000 

Total
$’000

Year ended 30 June 2008
At 1 July 2007, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment 
Disposal of entities 
Transfer to held for sale 
Additions 

Amortisation expense 

At 30 June 2007, net of accumulated 
amortisation and impairment 

At 1 July 2007
Cost (gross carrying amount) 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

At 30 June 2008
Cost (gross carrying amount) 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

Year ended 30 June 2007
At 1 July 2006, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment 
Disposal of entities 
Transfer to held for sale 
Additions 
Amortisation expense 

At 30 June 2007, net of accumulated 
amortisation and impairment 

At 1 July 2006
Cost (gross carrying amount) 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

At 30 June 2007
Cost (gross carrying amount) 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

Net carrying amount 

1  Purchased as part of a business combination
2  Asset purchase

27,043 
(14,203) 
– 
– 

183,426 
– 
– 
– 

– 

(6,965) 

12,840 

176,461 

27,043 
– 

27,043 

12,840 
– 

12,840 

413,969 
(556,729) 
– 
169,803 
– 

245,279 
(61,853) 

183,426 

245,279 
(68,818) 

176,461 

190,372 
– 
– 
– 
(6,946) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

210,469 
(14,203) 
– 
– 

(6,965) 

189,301 

272,322 
(61,853) 

210,469 

258,119 
(68,818) 

189,301 

12,271 
– 
(7,102) 
– 
(5,169) 

616,612 
(556,729) 
(7,102) 
169,803 
(12,115) 

27,043 

183,426 

– 

210,469 

413,969 
– 

413,969 

27,043 
– 

27,043 

245,279 
(54,907) 

190,372 

245,279 
(61,853) 

183,426 

30,136 
(17,865) 

689,384 
(72,772) 

12,271 

616,612 

– 
– 

– 

272,322 
(61,853) 

210,469 

–
–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

p . 9 9

Goodwill is considered to have an indefi nite life and is tested annually for impairment (see note 17).

Th  e useful life of the casino management agreement is 34 years, and is amortised on a straight line basis.

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

17.  IMPAIRMENT TESTING OF GOODWILL AND CASINO LICENCES
Intangible assets deemed to have indefi nite lives are allocated to the Group’s cash generating units (CGU’s) identifi ed 
according to business segment.
Th  e recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on fair value less costs to sell. Fair value less costs to sell is calculated 
using a discounted cash fl ow methodology covering a specifi ed period, with an appropriate residual value at the end of that 
period, for each segment. Th  e methodology utilises cash fl ow forecasts that are based primarily on business plans presented 
to and approved by the Board.
Th  e following describes each key assumption on which management has based its cash fl ow projections to undertake 
impairment testing of goodwill and casino licences.
(i)  Cash fl ow forecasts
Cash fl ow forecasts are based on fi ve year fi nancial forecasts presented to and approved by the board.
(ii)  Residual value
Residual value is calculated using a perpetuity growth formula based on the cash fl ow forecast using a weighted average 
cost of capital (after tax) and forecast growth rate.
(iii)  Forecast growth rates
Forecast growth rates are based on past performance and management’s expectations for future performance 
in each segment.
(iv)  Discount rates
Discount rates used are the weighted average cost of capital (after tax) for the Group in each segment, risk adjusted 
where applicable.
Th  e carrying value of goodwill is allocated to the following CGU’s or groups of CGU’s:

Gaming 

Other 

18.  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

p . 1 0 0

Current – unsecured

Trade and other payables 

Deferred income 

Non Current – unsecured

Other 

Deferred Income 

2008 
$M 

12.8 

– 

12.8 

2007
$M

12.8

14.2

27.0

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

249,296 

5,812 

255,108 

223,776 

11,045 

234,821 

13,408 

– 

13,408 

59 

24,000 

24,059 

114 

– 

114 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.  INTERESTBEARING LOANS AND BORROWINGS

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

Note 

25(b) 

25(b) 

Current – secured

Lease liabilities  

Current – unsecured

Bank Loans – unsecured 

Total current 

Non Current – secured

Lease liabilities  

Non Current – unsecured

Bank Loans – unsecured 

Capital Markets Debt – unsecured 

Derivatives 

Loans from associated entities 

Loans from controlled entities 

Total non-current 

Fair Value Disclosures

– 

– 

20,000 

20,000 

20,000 

– 

– 

46 

46 

20,000 

20,000 

20,046 

266 

266 

2,070,000 

– 

281,634 

299,234 

7,600 

– 

– 

– 

9,644 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2,224,936 

2,359,234 

308,878 

2,224,936 

2,359,234 

309,144 

2,224,936 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Details of the fair value disclosures of the Group’s interest bearing liabilities are set out in note 1.
Financial Risk Management

Information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and foreign currency changes is provided in note 36.
Financing and Credit Facilities:

Unsecured credit facilities are provided as part of the overall debt funding structure of the Crown Group as follows:

Facility Type 

Facility 
Amount 
$’000 

Drawn 
Amount 
$’000 

Letters
of Credit
Issued 
$’000 

Available
$’000 

Expiry Date

p . 1 0 1

Bilateral Multi Option Facility 

20,000 

20,000 

Syndicated Multi Option Facility 

2,150,000 

2,070,000 

– 

– 

–  August 2009

80,000  August 2010

Bilateral Multi Option Facility 

Medium Term Note 

Syndicated Multi Option Facility 

100,000 

114,600 

450,000 

Syndicated Revolving and Term Loan Facility 

600,000 

– 

38,680 

61,320  October 2010

114,600 

– 

–  May 2011

– 

– 

315,507 

134,493  August 2010

– 

– 

600,000 

June 2013

– 

July 2036

Euro Medium Term Note 

174,634 

174,634 

Total 

3,609,234 

2,379,234 

354,187 

875,813

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

19.  INTERESTBEARING LOANS AND BORROWINGS  continued

Th  e syndicated facilities are provided on an unsecured basis by a syndicate of domestic and international banks with the 
Australia New Zealand Banking Group acting as Agent.

Th  e bilateral multi option facilities are provided on an unsecured basis by one of the syndicate banks.

Crown is able to make advances and issue letters of credit under the syndicated facilities and the bilateral facilities which 
are multi option in nature. For details relating to letters of credit issued, refer to note 29.

Each of the above mentioned facilities is supported by a Group guarantee from Crown and certain of its subsidiaries and 
impose various affi  rmative covenants on Crown, including compliance with certain ratios and covenants, various negative 
covenants, including restrictions on encumbrances, and customary events of default, including a payment default, breach 
of covenants, cross-default and insolvency events.

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

Note 

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

Assets pledged as security

Th  e carrying amounts of assets pledged as security 
for interest bearing liabilities are:
Finance lease

Plant and equipment 

Total assets pledged as security 

14 

– 

– 

209 

209 

– 

– 

–

–

20.  PROVISIONS

Consolidated

At 1 July 2007 

Disposal of entities 

Arising during the year 

Utilised during the year 

Amount reversed during the year 

p . 1 0 2

At 30 June 2008 

Current 2008 

Non-current 2008 

Current 2007 

Non-current 2007 

Employee 
  entitlements 
$’000 

Restruct
-uring 
$’000 

Other 
$’000 

Total
$’000

62,219 

(2,629) 

35,566 

(31,338) 

– 

63,818 

57,171 

6,647 

63,818 

54,664 

7,555 

62,219 

51,583 

(51,583) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

51,583 

– 

51,583 

57,861 

171,663

(3,952) 

(58,164)

52,018 

87,584

(25,896) 

(57,234)

58 

58

80,089 

143,907

48,579 

31,510 

80,089 

31,589 

26,272 

57,861 

105,750

38,157

143,907

137,836

33,827

171,663

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.  PROVISIONS  continued

Parent entity

Current 2008 

Non-current 2008 

Current 2007 

Non-current 2007 

Employee 
  entitlements 
$’000 

Restruct
-uring 
$’000 

Other 
$’000 

Total
$’000

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

21.   LIABILITIES DIRECTLY ASSOCIATED WITH THE ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD 

FOR SALE

Current

Ticketek 

Sydney Superdome 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

– 

– 

– 

59,372 

19,247 

78,619 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

p . 1 0 3

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

22.  CONTRIBUTED EQUITY

Issued share capital

Ordinary shares fully paid 

Movements in issued share capital

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

258,149 

2,454,986 

9,738,590 

Carrying amount at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

2,454,986 

2,359,614 

– 

Issue of shares on acquisition of PBL 

Issue of shares through Executive Share Plan* 

Capital Reduction 

Return of capital by way of CMH Demerger 

Other 

Issue of shares at $17.00 to CPH 
(in relation to acquisition of Aspinalls) 

– 

3,250 

(2,069,032) 

(131,560) 

505 

– 

14,345,281 

3,572 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(2,069,032) 

(2,551,805) 

14,146 

– 

91,800 

– 

Carrying amount at the end of the fi nancial year 

258,149 

2,454,986 

9,738,590 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
No. 

2007 
No. 

2008 
No. 

2007
No.

Issued share capital

Ordinary shares fully paid 

Movements in issued share capital

Initial share issue 

689,676,925 

688,486,925  689,676,925 

– 

– 

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

688,486,925 

677,496,925 

Issue of shares through Executive Share Plan* 

1,190,000 

5,590,000 

Share buyback 

Transfer on demerger 

Issue of shares to CPH (in relation to acquisition of Aspinalls) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–  689,676,925 

5,400,000 

– 

– 

8 

– 

(8) 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year 

  689,676,925  688,486,925  689,676,925 

*Shares issued through the Executive Share Plan are accounted for as share based payments. Refer to Note 28.

p . 1 0 4

Terms and Conditions of Contributed Equity

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding-up of the Company 
in proportion to the number of shares held.

Th  e voting rights attaching to ordinary shares provide that each ordinary shareholder present in person or by proxy 
or attorney or being a corporation present by representative at a meeting shall have:

(a)  on a show of hands, one vote only;

(b)  on a poll, one vote for every fully paid ordinary share held.

Eff ective 1 July 1998, the Corporations Legislation in place abolished the concepts of authorised capital and par value shares. 
Accordingly, the Parent entity does not have authorised capital nor par value in respect of its issued shares.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8

8

–

–

–

–

–

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.  RESERVES AND RETAINED EARNINGS

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

Foreign currency translation reserve 

(280,576) 

(388) 

Asset revaluation reserve 

Capital profi ts reserve 

Employee equity benefi ts reserve 

Net unrealised gains reserve 

Cash fl ow hedge reserve 

– 

– 

5,712 

451,087 

– 

– 

– 

10,340 

340,304 

– 

– 

– 

– 

5,712 

– 

– 

176,223 

350,256 

5,712 

Foreign currency translation reserve

Th  e foreign currency translation reserve is used to record 
exchange diff erences arising from the translation of the 
fi nancial statements of foreign operations.

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

(388) 

Net exchange diff erence on translation of foreign operations 

(279,548) 

Disposal of entities 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year 

Asset revaluation reserve

Th  e asset revaluation reserve is used to record increments and 
decrements in the value of non-current assets. Th  e reserve can 
only be used to pay dividends in limited circumstances.

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Transfer to retained earnings 

Disposal of entities 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year 

Capital profi ts reserve

Th  e capital profi ts reserve is able to be used to accumulate 
realised capital profi ts. Th  e reserve can be used to pay 
dividends or issue bonus shares

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Disposal of entities 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year 

(640) 

(280,576) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(8,811) 

8,423 

– 

(388) 

10,338 

(2,937) 

(7,401) 

– 

405 

(405) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

p . 1 0 5

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

23.  RESERVES AND RETAINED EARNINGS  continued

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

Note 

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

Employee equity benefi ts reserve

Th  e employee equity benefi ts reserve is used to record 
share based remuneration obligations to executives 
in relation to ordinary shares

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Disposal of entities 

Charged to the income statement 

Transfer on demerger 

Transfer to controlled entities 

10,340 

(8,300) 

3,672 

– 

– 

831 

– 

9,509 

– 

– 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year 

5,712 

10,340 

Net unrealised gains reserve

Th  e net unrealised gains reserve records the movement 
in fair value of derivative fi nancial instruments

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Disposal of entities 

Revaluation of equity accounted investments 
due to change in associates equity 

Movement in fair value of available-for-sale assets 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year 

Cash fl ow hedge reserve

Th  e cash fl ow hedge reserve records the portion of the 
gain or loss on a hedging instrument in a cash fl ow 
hedge that is determined to be an eff ective hedge

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Disposal of entities 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year 

Retained earnings

340,304 

159 

3,236 

(3,236) 

110,624 

340,304 

– 

– 

451,087 

340,304 

– 

– 

– 

3,221 

(3,221) 

– 

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

3,060,042 

1,498,996 

– 

– 

– 

3,081 

2,631 

5,712 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Net profi t attributable to members of Crown 

3,563,219 

1,957,252 

(2,992,682) 

p . 1 0 6

Total available for appropriation 

6,623,261 

3,456,248 

(2,992,682) 

Dividends provided for or paid 

4 

(339,257) 

(399,143) 

(169,521) 

Transfer from reserves 

Internal Demerger distribution 

– 

(2,420,245) 

2,937 

– 

– 

– 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year 

3,863,759 

3,060,042 

(3,162,203) 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24.  MINORITY INTERESTS

Reconciliation of minority interests

Balance at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Share of operating profi t 

Acquisition of minority interests 

Less dividends/distributions 

Less disposal of minority interests 

Balance at the end of the fi nancial year 

25.  EXPENDITURE COMMITMENTS
(a)  Capital expenditure commitments

Estimated capital expenditure contracted for 
at balance date, but not provided for, payable:

•  within one year 
•  after one year but not more than fi ve years 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

3,334 

22,979 

29,164 

(12,362) 

(43,115) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

321,821 

118,632 

440,453 

69,226 

947 

70,173 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

At 30 June 2008, the Group has capital expenditure commitments principally relating to funding various projects 
at Burswood and Crown Melbourne casinos.

In December 2007, Crown entered an agreement to acquire Cannery Casino Resorts for US 1.7 billion plus costs. 
Th  e agreement is subject to a pre condition, namely, Crown obtaining regulatory approval to complete the acquisition. 
For this reason, we have not included the agreement to acquire Cannery Casino Resorts in the table above.

p . 1 0 7

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

25.  EXPENDITURE COMMITMENTS  continued
(b) Lease expenditure commitments
(i) Finance lease commitments:

Future minimum lease payments under fi nance leases and hire purchase contracts together with the present value of the net 
minimum lease payments are as follows:

Consolidated

•  within one year 
•  after one year but not more than fi ve years 
Total minimum lease payments 

Less amounts representing fi nance charges 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

Parent Entity

•  within one year 
•  after one year but not more than fi ve years 
Total minimum lease payments 

Less amounts representing fi nance charges 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

(ii)  Non-cancellable operating lease commitments:

Payable within one year 

Payable after one year but not more than fi ve years 

Payable more than fi ve years 

2008 

  Minimum 
lease 
payments 

2007 

2008 
Present 
value of  Minimum 
lease 
 payments 

lease 
   payments 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

72 

288 

360 

(48) 

312 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2007
Present
value of
lease
   payments

46

266

312

–

312

–

–

–

–

–

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2,479 

10,351 

1,918 

14,748 

2007 
$’000 

6,787 

29,011 

25,204 

61,002 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

p . 1 0 8

Th  e Group has entered into non-cancellable operating leases. Th  e leases vary in contract period depending on the asset 
involved but generally have an average lease term of approximately 6 years (2007: 5 years). Operating leases include 
telecommunications rental agreements and leases on assets including aircraft, motor vehicles, land and buildings and items 
of plant and equipment. Renewal terms are included in certain contracts, whereby renewal is at the option of the specifi c 
entity that holds the lease. On renewal, the terms of the leases are usually renegotiated. Th  ere are no restrictions placed upon 
the lessee by entering into these leases.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26.  CASH FLOW STATEMENT RECONCILIATION

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

(a)  Cash balance represents:

•  cash on hand and at bank 
•  deposits at call 

(b)  Reconciliation of the profi t after tax to the net 
cash fl ows from operating activities

Profi t/(loss) after tax 

Depreciation and amortisation

•  property, plant and equipment 
•  intangibles 
Program rights amortisation and usage 

Payments to program contract creditors 

(Profi t)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment 

Unrealised foreign exchange (gain)/loss 

Program related inventory write down 

(Profi t)/loss on disposal of investments 

Share of associates’ net (profi t) 

134,419 

158,271 

2,228,545 

2,069,386 

2,362,964 

2,227,657 

– 

– 

– 

3,563,219 

1,980,231 

(2,992,682) 

115,882 

18,271 

– 

– 

2,229 

(523) 

– 

137,441 

27,476 

159,700 

(183,204) 

(882) 

(4,705) 

2,244 

(3,381,154) 

(1,524,861) 

(35,471) 

(62,457) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Impairment and write down of investments 

239,163 

66,234 

3,168,144 

Investment distribution 

Dividends received from associates 

Executive Share Plan expense 

Changes in assets and liabilities

– 

66,659 

2,692 

909 

29,794 

9,613 

– 

– 

– 

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 

(28,246) 

(667) 

(175,462) 

(Increase)/decrease in doubtful debts 

(Increase)/decrease in inventories 

(Increase)/decrease in prepayments 

(Increase)/decrease in development costs 

(Increase)/decrease in deferred income tax asset 

(Increase)/decrease in other assets 

(Decrease)/increase in payables 

(Decrease)/increase in current income tax liability 

(Decrease)/increase in provisions for employee entitlements  

(Decrease)/increase in other provisions 

(Decrease)/increase in deferred income tax liability 

Exchange rate charge on conversion of assets 
and liabilities of overseas controlled entities 

(3,359) 

(2,773) 

1,504 

– 

302 

(3,517) 

117,495 

(37,191) 

3,196 

(69,287) 

930 

– 

1,483 

11,586 

(2,970) 

(1,500) 

(29,471) 

(1,688) 

37,267 

28,156 

8,134 

36,228 

1,459 

(850) 

Net cash fl ows from operating activities 

570,021 

724,700 

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

p . 1 0 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

26.  CASH FLOW STATEMENT RECONCILIATION  continued
Bank Overdraft Facilities

Th  e consolidated entity has bank overdraft facilities available as follows:

Bank 

ANZ Banking Group Limited 

Citibank NA 

Th  ere were no drawn down amounts at 30 June 2008.

2008 

2007

A$10 million 

A$10 million

US$10 million 

US$10 million

27.  EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE

Subsequent to 30 June 2008, the directors of Crown announced a fi nal dividend on ordinary shares in respect of the year 
ended 30 June 2008. Th  e total amount of the dividends is $196.7 million, which represents a 40% franked dividend 
of 29 cents per share. Th  e dividend has not been provided for in the 30 June 2008 fi nancial statements.

On 13 August 2008, Crown announced that it had raised A$1.01 billion of new debt facilities, so as to extend the maturity 
profi le of Crown’s debt portfolio. Th  e new debt comprises the following new facilities:

•  A$600 million Syndicated Loan Facility
  Lender(s): 

Fully syndicated among 11 Australian and International banks

  Maturity: 

5 years

•  A$200 million Bilateral Loan Facility
  Lender: 

National Australia Bank

  Maturity: 

5 years

•  US$200 million US Private Placement
  Arrangers: 

 Bank of America and Royal Bank of Scotland as co lead arrangers with 
Westpac and Commonwealth Bank as co agents

  Maturity: 

7, 10 and 12 years

p . 1 1 0

 
 
 
28.  EXECUTIVE SHARE PLAN

Crown operates an Executive Share Plan (ESP) which was approved at the 1994 Annual General Meeting. A total 
of 1,190,000 ESP shares (which includes the issue to Mr Craigie on 23 November 2007 identifi ed below) were issued 
to executives in the current fi nancial year.

Prior to the approval of the PBL Scheme, the executives participating in the ESP held, in total, 10,680,000 PBL ESP shares 
in respect of which there were outstanding loans totalling $185,642,300 due to PBL. Th  is included 1,150,000 ESP shares 
issued to Mr Rowen Craigie on 23 November 2007. Th  ese additional shares were subject to a PBL ESP loan of $22,004,500.

Th  e terms of the ESP were varied during the year to enable ESP participants to participate in the PBL Scheme and 
to continue to participate in the ESP. A full summary of the variations made to the ESP this year is provided in the 
Remuneration Report.

Th  e share price performance condition requiring a 7 percent compound share price appreciation on the issue price of the 
PBL ESP shares was retained and substituted with equivalent performance hurdles (7 percent compounding share price 
appreciation) imposed separately on the Consolidated Media Holdings Limited ESP shares and the Crown ESP shares.

At the date of this Report, a total of 66 ESP participants hold, in total, 11,449,826 Crown ESP shares or 1.66 percent of 
Crown’s issued capital. 

ESP share movement 

Shares at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

Granted (i.e. issued) during the year 

Granted (i.e. issued) during the year as a consequence of PBL Scheme election 

Forfeited 

Vested (and sold) during the year 

Shares on issue at the end of the fi nancial year 

Loans to executives at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

ESP loans issued during the year 

Cash consideration paid under PBL scheme 

Loan balance transferred to CMH 

Loans repaid during the year 

Loans forfeited  

Loans to executives at year end 

Methodology

2008 
No. 

2007
No.

 9,655,000  

 4,380,000

 1,190,000  

 5,590,000

958,469  

 – 

(308,643) 

(200,000)

(45,000) 

(115,000)

11,449,826 

9,655,000

  $165,839,800  $70,621,050

  $22,717,300  $99,815,800

  ($15,180,000) 

  ($42,615,575) 

–

–

($3,358,950) 

($2,918,762)

($1,650,637) 

($1,678,288)

  $125,751,938  $165,839,800

External valuers have used a Monte Carlo simulation model combined with a Black Scholes option pricing model to value the 
ESP this year. Th  e value per share granted for each allotment incorporates the share price growth performance conditions.

Th  e Monte Carlo simulation is a technique used to simulate future TSRs. Th  e assumptions that underpin Black Scholes are 
used in a Monte Carlo simulation. Th  e key assumptions are:
–  Share price movement conforms to a lognormal distribution 
–  Market effi  ciency 
–  Risk neutral valuation

p . 1 1 1

Using an estimate of the future standard deviation (volatility) of returns and the risk neutral valuation assumption (allowing 
the use of the risk free interest rate), the share price return distribution of a company at a future date is estimated. Th  e Monte 
Carlo simulation technique simulates possible share price returns conforming to that distribution. At each simulation, the 
share price is also simulated, meaning an equity instrument can be valued at that date.

Th  e share price simulated at one vesting date is used to simulate the share price at the next vesting date. If the target was not 
met at the earlier date, the unvested portion is carried to the next vesting date in the simulation.

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

28.  EXECUTIVE SHARE PLAN  continued
Th  e Monte Carlo simulation model uses the following inputs for the issuance on 23 November 2007. 

Grant date 

Issue price 

Dividend yield 

Risk from rate 

Volatility 

Expected life 

23 November 2007

$18.97 & $19.18

3.17%

6.21%

23%

5 years

Non transferability of the plans 

During the period from grant date to vesting, executives cannot sell their plan rights. However, no adjustment is made to 
the fair values for this, as non-transferability is due to the executive having not yet earned the right to the plan (through the 
provision of their services), rather than a restriction on the underlying value of the plan rights.

After vesting, the holders have until expiry to “exercise” the plan. Since the plan rights are not transferable, liquidity can only 
be obtained by exercising the plan rights and selling the underlying shares. In the case of the ESP, given the seniority of the 
holders and the benefi t of the limited recourse feature, it is assumed the ESP will be held until expiry.
Dilution  

When an investor exercises an exchange traded option, there is no change in either the company’s assets or the number of 
shares outstanding. However, when a company issued option is exercised, the number of shares outstanding will increase and 
the underlying assets of the company will be increased by the amount of the exercise proceeds. Any dilution of the share price 
of Crown which might arise on the issue of new shares following exercise of the ESP would be immaterial, given the number 
of existing shares on issue. Accordingly, no adjustment to the value of the ESP has been made for potential dilution.
Other assumptions 
–  PBL’s share price was the loan amount per share as advised by management at the grant date for the ESP; 
–  Th  e risk free rate is the yield on an Australian Government Bond with a life similar to the expected life at the 

valuation date; 

–  Expected volatility was based on PBL’s historical share price movement preceding the valuation date and the implied 

volatility on exchanged traded options;

–  Th  e dividend yield was calculated based on the consensus broker EPS forecast divided by PBL’s share price.

p . 1 1 2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND RELATED MATTERS

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

Unsecured 

354,187 

567,720 

354,187 

Contingent liabilities related primarily to the following:
Controlled Entities
(i) 

 Under the terms of a deed entered into in accordance 
with the ASIC Class Order 98/1418, the parent entity 
has undertaken to meet any shortfall which might arise 
on the liquidation of controlled entities 
which are party to the deed. 

(ii)   Th  e consolidated entity and parent entity have issued 
letters of credit to the State of Victoria in respect of 
obligations of Crown Melbourne Limited 

(iii)  Th  e consolidated entity and parent entity have made 
guarantees in relation to commitments of certain 
of its associated entities 

(iv)   Th  e consolidated entity and parent entity have made 

certain guarantees regarding contractual, performance 
and other commitments 

– 

– 

– 

185,000 

185,000 

185,000 

150,961 

382,668 

150,961 

18,226 

52 

18,226 

–

–

–

–

–

Th  e probability of having to meet these contingent liabilities is remote, and therefore it is not practicable to disclose an 
indication of the uncertainties relating to each amount or the timing of any outfl ows.

30.  AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

Amounts received, or due and receivable, by the auditor 
of the parent entity for:
  Auditing the accounts 
  Taxation services 
  Other services
    •  Assurance related 
    •  Assurance services relating to restructuring 
    •  Due diligence 
Amounts received, or due and receivable, by other 
member fi rms of Ernst & Young International for:
  Auditing the accounts of controlled entities 
  Other services
    •  Taxation services 
    •  Assurance Related 
    •  Due Diligence 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

764 
2,061 

2 
642 
334 

24 

383 
25 
354 

1,254 
3,194 

333 
3,050 
3,645 

187 

373 
– 
– 

4,589 

12,036 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

p . 1 1 3

–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

31. EARNINGS PER SHARE EPS

Th  e following refl ects the income and share data used in the calculations 
of basic and diluted EPS:

Net profi t 

Net (profi t) attributable to minority interests 

Earnings used in calculating basic and diluted EPS 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating 
basic and diluted EPS (‘000) 

Th  e following refl ects the income and share data used in the calculations 
of basic and diluted EPS:
Excluding the eff ect of discontinued operations:

Net profi t attributable to members of the parent 

Discontinued operations 

Net profi t excluding discontinued operations and specifi c items 

Earnings used in calculating basic and diluted EPS 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic 
and diluted EPS (‘000) 

Excluding the eff ect of discontinued operations and specifi c items:

Net profi t attributable to members of the parent 

Discontinued operations 

Specifi c items after tax 

Net profi t excluding discontinued operations and specifi c items 

Earnings used in calculating basic and diluted EPS 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic 
and diluted EPS (‘000) 

p . 1 1 4

CONSOLIDATED

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

3,563,219 

1,980,231

– 

(22,979)

3,563,219 

1,957,252

689,206 

684,666

3,563,219 

1,957,252

3,426,213 

1,666,522

137,006 

137,006 

290,730

290,730

689,206 

684,666

3,563,219 

1,957,252

3,426,213 

1,666,522

(239,163) 

(51,379)

376,169 

376,169 

342,109

342,109

689,206 

684,666

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
32.  KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES

Th  e Company has applied the exemption under Corporations Amendments Regulation 2006 which exempts listed 
companies from providing remuneration in their annual report as required by paragraphs Aus 25.4 to Aus 25.7.2 
of Accounting Standard AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures. Th  ese remuneration disclosures have been transferred 
to the remuneration report in pages 32 to 52, and have been audited.

(a) Details of key management personnel
(i) Directors 

James D Packer 

John H Alexander 

Executive Chairman

Executive Deputy Chairman

Christopher J Anderson 

Non Executive Director

Rowen B Craigie 

 Chief Executive Offi  cer and Managing Director

Christopher D Corrigan 

Non Executive Director 

Rowena Danziger 

Geoff rey J Dixon 

Ashok P Jacob 

Michael R Johnston 

David H Lowy 

Non Executive Director

Non Executive Director 

Non Executive Director

Non Executive Director 

Non Executive Director 

Christopher J Mackay 

Non Executive Director (resigned 7 March 2008)

Richard W Turner 

Non Executive Director

(ii) Executives 

Geoff rey Kleemann 

Chief Financial Offi  cer – Crown Limited

Guy Jalland 

Martin Dalgleish 

David Courtney  

Barry Felstead 

PBL Group General Counsel and Joint Company Secretary (until 21 December 2007)

Chief Executive Offi  cer, PBL New Media (until 30 November 2007)

Chief Executive Offi  cer – Crown Melbourne Limited

Chief Executive Offi  cer – Burswood Limited 

(b) Remuneration of key management personnel

Total remuneration for key management personnel for the Group and Parent Entity during the fi nancial year 
are set out below:

Remuneration by category 

Short term 

Post employment 

Other long term 

Termination 

Share based payments 

Further details are contained in the Remuneration Report.

2008 
$ 

2007
$

11,223,580 

27,672,994

405,282 

388,267 

850,401

249,004

26,098,000 

1,500,000

5,524,218 

5,063,239

43,639,347 

35,335,638

p . 1 1 5

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

32.  KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES  continued
(c) Shareholdings of key management personnel
2008 
Ordinary shares held in Crown (directly and indirectly) 

Directors 
(Including directors who 
left the Board during the year) 

James D Packer 

Christopher J Anderson 

John H Alexander 

Rowen B Craigie 

Rowena Danziger 

David H Lowy 

Christopher J Mackay (resigned 7 March 2008) 

Richard W Turner 

Issued  
under 
Balance 
  1 July 2007 
Executive 
  (PBL Shares)  Share Plan 

261,500,000 
315,194 3 
1,812,500 3 
850,000 3 

22,876   

117,253   

100 

27,000 

– 

– 

– 

1,150,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Directors not listed did not hold any Crown shares during the fi nancial year.

Executives 

Geoff rey R Kleemann 

Guy Jalland 

Martin P Dalgleish  

David G Courtney 

Barry J Felstead 

Issued  
under 
Balance 
  1 July 2007 
Executive 
  (PBL Shares)4  Share Plan 

350,000 

240,000 

240,000 

550,000 

200,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Net 
Change  

Balance 
30 June
2008

–  261,500,000

–   
14,633 2 
341,102 2 
6,000 1 
19,997 2 

– 

– 

315,194

1,827,133

2,341,102

28,876

137,250

100

27,000

Net 
Change 

– 

– 

– 
93,802 2 
34,110 2 

Balance
30 June
2008

350,000

240,000

240,000

643,802

234,110

1. Change is as a result of an on-market transaction.
2.  Additional shares issued as a result of the shareholder electing the PBL Scheme Maximum Share Consideration under the PBL Scheme. Mr John 

Alexander elected the PBL Scheme Maximum Share Consideration, in relation to only one parcel of shares (87,000).

3.  300,000 of Mr Chris Anderson’s shares are ESP shares, 1,300,000 of Mr John Alexander’s shares are ESP shares and all of Mr Rowen Craigie’s shares 

are ESP shares.

4. All the Executives’ shares are ESP shares except for Mr Geoff  Kleemann. 240,000 of Mr Kleemann’s shares are ESP shares.
Th  e Company does not have any options on issue.

p . 1 1 6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32.  KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES  continued
(c) Shareholdings of key management personnel  continued 
2007 
Ordinary shares held in PBL (directly and indirectly) 

Directors  
(Including directors who 
left the Board during the year) 

James D Packer 

Christopher J Anderson 

John H Alexander 

Rowen B Craigie 

Rowena Danziger 

David H Lowy 

Christopher J Mackay 

Richard W Turner 

Balance 
  1 July 2006 

Issued  
under 
Executive 
Share Plan  

Net 
Change 
Other 

Balance 
30 June
2007

258,782,250 

– 

2,717,750  261,500,000

15,194 

300,000 

512,500 

1,300,000 

– 

850,000 

22,876 

117,253 

100 

27,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 – 

315,194

1,812,500

850,000

22,876

117,253

100

27,000

Directors not listed did not hold any PBL shares during the fi nancial year.

Executives 

Geoff rey R Kleemann 

Guy Jalland 

Martin P Dalgleish  

David G Courtney 

Issued  
under 
Executive 
  1 July 2006 1  Share Plan  

Balance   

Net 
Change 
Other 

Balance 
30 June
 2007

350,000 

240,000 

240,000 

175,000 

– 

– 

– 

375,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

350,000

240,000

240,000

550,000

1. All the Executives’ shares are ESP shares except for Mr Geoff  Kleemann. 240,000 of Mr Kleemann’s shares are ESP shares.

All changes disclosed under “Other” are the result of on-market transactions.
Th  e Company does not have any options on issue.

p . 1 1 7

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

32.  KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES  continued
(d) Loans to key management personnel

Directors 

Balance  
as at  
01-Jul-07 
$ 

Net 
Change 
$ 

Interest 
charged 
$ 

Balance 
as at 
30-Jun-08 
$ 

Highest
owing
in period
$

Christopher J Anderson 

4,848,000 

(1,887,000) 

157,597 

2,961,000 

4,848,000

John H Alexander 

Rowen B Craigie 

Total directors 

Executives 

22,668,000 

(8,592,000) 

909,908 

14,076,000 

22,668,000

14,566,000 

12,861,875 

797,775 

27,427,875  

27,427,875

42,082,000 

2,382,875 

1,865,280 

44,464,875 

54,943,875

Balance  
as at  
01-Jul-07 
$ 

Net 
Change 
$ 

Interest 
charged 
$ 

Balance 
as at 
30-Jun-08 
$ 

Highest
owing
in period
$

Geoff rey Kleemann 

3,878,400 

(1,509,600) 

175,000 

2,368,800 

3,878,400

Guy Jalland 

Martin Dalgleish 

David Courtney 

Barry Felstead 

Total executives 

3,878,400 

(1,509,600) 

120,000 

2,368,800 

3,878,400

3,878,400 

(1,509,600) 

120,000 

2,368,800 

3,878,400

9,683,000 

(2,420,750) 

298,451 

7,262,250 

9,683,000

3,679,000 

(919,750) 

108,528 

2,759,250 

3,679,000

24,997,200 

(7,869,300) 

821,979 

17,127,900 

24,997,200

All loan amounts for directors and executives relate to monies advanced by PBL to purchase PBL shares issued under PBL’s 
ESP. Th  e conditions under which ESP issues are made are set out in the Remuneration Report. Interest is charged on 
ESP loans and is equal to the dividends received on shares held from time to time. Th  e reduction in loan balances in the 
fi nancial year arose as a result of the application of the PBL Scheme Consideration, in accordance with the amended terms 
of the executive share plan as detailed in the Remuneration Report.

(e) Other transactions with director, key management personnel and their personally related entities

Consolidated Press Holdings Limited (“CPH”), an entity related to Mr James Packer, provides management and consulting 
services to Crown and its controlled entities. Th  e charges for the year ended 30 June 2008 were $27,000 (2007: $190,000). 
In addition, CPH provided leased premises, car parking and other facilities at a charge of $5,187,000 (2007: $1,693,000).

A controlled entity of CPH provided customs clearance services to Crown and its controlled entities in prior years. Th  e charge 
for these services for the year ended 30 June 2008 was $Nil (2007: $2,136,000). 

Crown and its controlled entities provided television air-time to controlled entities of CPH in prior years. Th  e charge for 
television air-time for the year ended 30 June 2008 was $Nil (2007: $49,000). Crown and its controlled entities also provided 
CPH with hotel rooms for $426,000 (2007: $151,000), Banqueting and other services of $240,000 (2007: $138,000), 
information technology services of $Nil (2007: $285,000) and leased premises of $423,000 (2007: $670,000).

p . 1 1 8

All transactions between the consolidated entity and its director related entities are conducted under normal commercial 
terms and conditions unless otherwise noted. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33.  RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
Parent entity

Crown Limited is the ultimate parent entity of the Group at 30 June 2008. However, during the year Publishing and 
Broadcasting Limited was the ultimate parent up until the separation of PBL and Crown into two separate listed companies 
in December 2007. Th  e related party transactions include transactions entered into with PBL related parties up until 
11 December 2007 and Crown Limited related parties transactions from 12 December 2007 to 30 June 2008.
Controlled entities, associates and joint ventures

Interests in signifi cant controlled entities are set out in note 34.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are set out in note 11.
Entity with signifi cant infl uence over the Group

Consolidated Press Holdings Limited (“CPH”), an entity related to Mr James Packer, holds 37.92% (2007: 38.42%) of the 
Company’s fully paid ordinary shares.
Key management personnel

Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 32, and in the Remuneration Report.
Transactions with related parties

Th  e following table provides the total amount of transactions that were entered into with related parties for the 
relevant fi nancial year:

Rendering of services and other revenue from:
Entities with signifi cant infl uence over the Group

CPH 

Controlled entities of CPH 
Associates

SEEK Ltd 

Hoyts Cinemas Group 

Foxtel 

PBL Media (inc. ninemsn) 

Australian News Channel Pty Ltd 

Premier Media Group 

MPEL 

Betfair 

Aspers 

Gateway 

CMH 
Receiving of services from related parties:
Entities with signifi cant infl uence over the Group

CPH 

Controlled entities of CPH 
Associates

SEEK Ltd 

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

CONSOLIDATED

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

1,089 

– 

38 

350 

77 

5,061 

– 

– 

1,599 

331 

1,500 

9,170 

7 

5,214 

– 

47 

1,243

49

721

592

6,456

3,132

197

668

700

–

500

–

–

1,883

2,136

138

p . 1 1 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

33.  RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES  continued

Receiving of services from related parties: continued
Entities with signifi cant infl uence over the Group  continued

Hoyts Cinemas Group 

Foxtel 

PBL Media (inc. ninemsn) 

Premier Media Group 

Global Television Limited  

MPEL 

Aspers 

Gateway 

CMH 

CONSOLIDATED

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

233 

333 

1,732 

– 

– 

86 

191 

26 

1,082 

1,445

3,232

3,884

332

4,411

–

–

–

–

Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties

All of the above transactions were conducted under normal commercial terms and conditions.

Under the terms of the ninemsn joint venture agreement, PBL was to provide to ninemsn Pty Ltd the use of brands, including 
registered trademarks and logos, and personalities at no charge. An amount of advertising and ongoing promotional airtime was 
also provided free of charge as per the agreement. Th  e market value of this advertising and promotional service was $Nil (2007: 
$1.2 million). Th  is condition does not apply to Crown Limited and will not apply in future years.

Under the terms and conditions of the agreement with Seek Limited, PBL previously provided via its wholly owned subsidiaries 
advertising at no charge. Th  is condition did not apply this year and will not apply in future years. Crown received dividends 
from SEEK of $5.9 million during the year (2007: $8.0 million).

Crown received dividends from Foxtel of $50.0 million during the year (2007: $Nil)

Crown has advanced loans to MPEL of $73.8m. Interest received on the loan was $1.6m for the year (2007: $0.7m).

Crown owes $29.9m in other payables to CMH relating to taxation matters.

Crown received dividends from Premier Media Group (“PMG”) during the year of $10.7m (2007: $20.4 million). 
PMG loaned Crown $Nil during the year (2007: $9.6 million). No interest was charged on the loan. 

Th  e PBL Media services of $1.7m (2007: $3.9 million) provided to Crown relate to wireless and website costs, subscriptions, 
advertising, publicity and ticketing. Crown provided leased premises of $4.6 million and other services of $0.5 million during 
the year to PBL Media.

Subsequent to the investment in Aspinalls Holdings (Jersey) Limited, Crown made further equity contributions of $1.8 million. 
Crown also provided loans to Aspinalls of $1.8 million during the fi nancial year. Interest of $1.5 million (2007: $0.5 million) 
was charged on the loan for the year.

No further amounts were invested in Betfair Australasia during the reporting period. Th  e loan balance at 30 June 2008 was 
$7.7 million (2007: $7.7 million). No interest is payable on the loan.

In November 2007, Crown invested $74.6m for 50% interest in Gateway Casinos and Entertainment Inc. Subsequent to the 
investment Crown made further equity contributions of $3.2m during the year. Crown also provided a loan to Gateway 
of $155.1m. Interest of $9.2m was charged on the loan for the year.

Outstanding balances at year end are unsecured and settlement occurs in cash.

For the year ended 30 June 2008, the Group has not made any allowance for doubtful debts relating to amounts owed by 
related parties as there have been no default of payment terms and conditions (2007: $Nil). An impairment assessment is 
undertaken each fi nancial year by examining the fi nancial position of the related party and the market in which the related 
party operates to determine whether there is objective evidence that a related party receivable is impaired. When such objective 
evidence exists, the Group recognises an allowance for the impairment loss.

p . 1 2 0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34.  INVESTMENT IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES

Th  e consolidated fi nancial statements include the fi nancial statements of Crown Limited and its controlled entities. 
Signifi cant controlled entities and those included in a class order with the parent entity are:

Footnote 

2008 

2007 

Place of 
Incorporation 

Crown Limited 
Artra Pty Ltd 
Burswood Limited 
Burswood Nominees Ltd 
Burswood Resort (Management) Ltd 
Crown CCR Group Holdings One Pty Ltd 
Crown Entertainment Group Holdings Pty Ltd 
Crown Group Finance Limited 
Crown Melbourne Limited 
Crown North America Holdings One Pty Ltd 
Crown North America Investments LLC 
Crown Services (US) LLC 
Events Management Catering Pty Ltd 
Flienn Pty Ltd 
Jade West Entertainment Pty Ltd 
Jemtex Pty Ltd 
Mancon Nominees Pty Ltd 
Manden Productions Pty Ltd 
Nine Television (Netherlands Antilles) Pty Ltd 
PBL Asia Investments Limited 
PBL Capital Pty Ltd 
PBL (CI) Finance Limited 
PBL Cinema Holdings Pty Ltd 
PBL Enterprises Ltd 
PBL Film Holdings Pty Ltd 
PBL Gateway (Luxembourg) Sarl 
PBL GC (Cyprus) Limited 
PBL International Partnership 
PBL Overseas Investments Pty Ltd 
PBL Management Pty Ltd 
PBL Media Shareholder Pty Ltd 
PBL Pay TV Pty Ltd 
PBL Property Pty Ltd 
PBL Securities Ltd 
PBL (WA) Pty Ltd 

Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
USA 
USA 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Cayman Islands 
Australia 
Cayman Islands 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Luxembourg 
Cyprus 
– 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 

A 
A 
A 

C 

A 
A,D 
A 
A 
A 
A 

A 
A 
A 

D 
D 
A 
A,D 
A 
A 

A 

A 
A 
A 
D 
A 
A 

D 

D 
F 
A 
A 
A 
F 
F 

F 
F 
D 

F 
F 
F 
F 
A 
A 

Beneficial Interest
Held by the
Consolidated 
Entity*

2008 
% 

2007
%

Parent Entity

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
– 
100 
100 
100 
– 
– 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
– 
– 
100 
100 
100 
100 
– 
– 
– 
– 
100 
100 

100 
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

p . 1 2 1

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

34.  INVESTMENT IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES  continued

Footnote 

2008 

2007 

Place of 
Incorporation 

Publishing and Broadcasting (Finance) Ltd 
A 
Publishing and Broadcasting International Holdings Ltd  B 
A 
Renga Pty Ltd 
F 
Robbdoc Pty Ltd 
F 
Sydney Superdome Pty Ltd  
F 
Ticketek Pty Ltd 
F 
Windfyr Pty Limited  

A 
B 
A 
A 
A,E 
E 
A 

* Th  e proportion of ownership interest is equal to the proportion of voting power held

Australia 
Bahamas 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 

Beneficial Interest
Held by the
Consolidated 
Entity*

2008 
% 

2007
%

100 
100 
100 
– 
– 
– 
– 

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

A 

 Th  ese controlled entities have entered into a deed of cross guarantee with the parent entity under ASIC Class Order 98/1418 – the “Closed Group” (refer note 35).

B  Controlled entities which are audited by other member fi rms of Ernst & Young International.

C  Members of the “Extended Closed Group” only.

D  Entity acquired or incorporated during the fi nancial year.

E  Th  ese entities are held for sale.

F.  Entity disposed during the fi nancial year.

35.  DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE

Pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418, certain controlled entities of Crown have been granted relief from the Corporations 
Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and publication of accounts.

Th  e consolidated profi t and loss statement and balance sheet of the entities which are members of the “Closed Group” for 
the year ended 30 June 2008 are detailed below. Crown does not have an Extended Closed Group as at 30 June 2008.

Consolidated income statement 

Profi t/(loss) before income tax 

Income tax (expense)/benefi t 

Net profi t/(loss) after income tax 

p . 1 2 2

Retained earnings at the beginning of the fi nancial year 

2,039,793 

3,583,901 

Retained earnings of entities entering Closed Group 

96,936 

Retained earnings of entities removed from Closed Group   

(1,982,502) 

– 

– 

Dividends provided for or paid 

(169,521) 

(399,143) 

Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) at the end 
of the fi nancial year 

(1,578,235) 

2,039,793 

CLOSED GROUP 

EXTENDED 
CLOSED GROUP

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

(1,510,339) 

(1,249,745) 

(52,602) 

104,780 

(1,562,941) 

(1,144,965) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(905,874)

(14,614)

(920,488)

4,360,756

–

–

(399,143)

3,041,125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35.  DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE  continued

Consolidated balance sheet 

Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Tax asset 
Other 

Total Current Assets 

Non Current Assets
Receivables 
Investment in associates 
Available for sale assets 
Other fi nancial assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Licences 
Other intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets 

Other 

Total Non Current Assets 

Total Assets 

Current Liabilities
Payables 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Income tax payable 
Provisions 

Total Current Liabilities 

Non Current Liabilities
Payables 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Deferred tax liability 
Provisions 

Total Non Current Liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

Net Assets 

Equity
Contributed equity 
Reserves 
Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) 

Total Equity 

CLOSED GROUP 

EXTENDED 
CLOSED GROUP

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

2,282,780 
33,480 
4,138 
– 
7,446 

1,937,598 
20,278 
437 
98,691 
339 

2,327,844 

2,057,343 

1,670,748 
102,437 
8,100 
9,553,562 
559,789 
420,426 
11,892 
82,793 

3,274,225 
(15,429) 
55 
8,814,868 
77,962 
112,736 
– 
98,616 

– 

– 

12,409,747 

12,363,033 

14,737,591 

14,420,376 

105,428 
20,000 
13,618 
42,828 

76,437 
46 
– 
57,147 

181,874 

133,630 

6,330,865 
42,327 
23,059 

– 
9,747,630 
32,868 
1,129 

6,396,251 

9,781,627 

6,578,125 

9,915,257 

8,159,466 

4,505,119 

9,738,590 
(889) 
(1,578,235) 

2,454,986 
10,340 
2,039,793 

8,159,466 

4,505,119 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

2,060,259
64,809
5,613
–
6,697

2,137,378

3,565,717
(15,429)
55
8,267,191
1,302,688
371,764
–
142,747

73,840

13,708,573

15,845,951

201,530
46
5,704
108,646

315,926

60
9,531,290
152,952
339,272

10,023,574

10,339,500

5,506,451

2,454,986
10,340
3,041,125

5,506,451

p . 1 2 3

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

36.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

Th  e Group’s principal fi nancial instruments comprise receivables, payables, bank loans and capital market debt, available for 
sale investments, cash and short term deposits and derivatives.

Th  e Group’s business activities expose it to the following risks; market risks (interest rate and foreign exchange), price risk, 
credit risk and liquidity risk. For each of these risks, the Group considers the counterparties, geographical area, currency 
and markets as applicable to determine whether there are concentrations of risk. Other than as described in this note, the 
Treasury Group is satisfi ed that there are no material concentrations of risk.

Th  e Group has policies in place to manage diff erent types of risks to which it is exposed. Policies include monitoring the 
level of interest rate and foreign exchange risk and assessments of market forecasts for interest rates and foreign exchange 
rates. Ageing analysis of and monitoring of exposures to counterparties are undertaken to manage credit risk. Liquidity risk 
is monitored through the employment of rolling cash fl ow forecasts.

Risk management is carried out by the Treasury Group under policies approved by the Board of Directors. Th  e Treasury 
Group identifi es, evaluates and hedges fi nancial risks in accordance with approved policies. Th  e Board are informed on 
a regular basis of Treasuries risk management activities.

(a) Market Risk
(i) Interest rate risk – cash fl ow

Th  e Group’s exposure to market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long term debt obligations as outlined in note 19.

At balance date, the Group had the following mix of fi nancial assets and liabilities exposed to variable interest rates that are 
not designated in cash fl ow hedges.

Financial Assets

Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial Liabilities

Bank loans 

Net Exposure 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

2,362,964 

2,227,657 

2,362,964 

2,227,657 

2,090,000 

2,090,000 

20,000 

20,000 

272,964 

2,207,657 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

As at balance date, the Group maintained fl oating rate borrowings of $2,090m (2007: $20m) and the associated interest rate 
risk is mitigated by net cash and cash equivalents of $2,363m (2007: $2,228m). Under the bank loans, the Group pays the Bank 
Bill Swap rate (BBSW) plus a margin (45 basis points), and the cash and cash equivalents are invested at approximately BBSW.
Group Sensitivity

Th  e sensitivity to fair value movements through equity or profi t and loss as a result of interest rates increasing or decreasing 
by 50% is immaterial as at balance date.

p . 1 2 4

Th  e Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the risk of adverse movements in interest rates for its long term 
foreign currency denominated borrowings which are subject to variable rates.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES  continued
(a) Market Risk  continued 
(i) Interest rate risk – cash fl ow  continued

As at balance date the notional principal amounts and period of expiry of the interest rate swap contracts are as follows:

Cash fl ow hedge   

Maturity 1-5 years 

Maturity over 5 years 

Closing Balance 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

– 

174,634 

174,634 

– 

174,634 

174,634 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

Under the swap contract (maturing July 2036), the Group has the right to receive interest at a fi xed rate of 4.76% (2007: 
4.76%) semi-annually and pay interest at fi xed rate of 7.05% (2007: 7.05%) quarterly. Th  e terms of the swap contract are 
matched directly against the appropriate loan and interest expense and as such are highly eff ective. Th  e change in value 
of the swap at balance date was negative $22.2m US dollars (2007: negative $11.8m US Dollars).

(ii)  Interest rate risk – fair value

Where appropriate, the Group enters into fi xed rate debt to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk. As the Group holds fi xed 
rate debt there is a risk that the fair value of fi nancial instruments will fl uctuate because of market movements in interest 
rates. Th  e level of fi xed rate debt at balance date was $114.6m (2007: $124.6m). 

As at balance date the Group had the following interest rate swap in place to hedge the medium term note issuance. 

Fair value hedge   

Maturity 1-5 years 

Maturity over 5 years 

Closing Balance 

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

124,600 

124,600 

– 

– 

124,600 

124,600 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

Under the terms of the contract (maturing May 2011) the Group has the right to receive a fi xed rate of interest of 6% semi-
annually and pay fl oating rate of interest (i.e. bank bill swap rate) plus 39.5 basis points. Th  e value of the swap currently 
exceeds the medium term note by $10m. Th  e fair value of the swap at balance date was negative $7.6m Australian dollars.
Group Sensitivity

Th  e sensitivity to fair value movements through equity or profi t and loss as a result of interest rates increasing or decreasing 
by 50% is immaterial as at balance date.

(iii)  Foreign exchange risk

Th  e Group has currency exposure as a result of capital expenditure and investments/sales in currencies other than the 
Group’s functional currency.

Treasury, on behalf of the operating units, uses forward exchange contracts to minimise the currency exposure on any 
signifi cant receivables or payables as is deemed appropriate. 

All forward exchange contracts must be in the same currency as the fi rm commitment and the Group negotiates the terms 
of the hedges to exactly match the underlying commitment to maximise hedge eff ectiveness. As at balance date, the Group 
had hedged 100% of its foreign currency receivables and payables that are fi rm commitments. 

As at balance date, the Group had the following foreign exchange exposures that were not designated as cash fl ow hedges:

p . 1 2 5

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

36.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES  continued
(a) Market Risk  continued

US Dollars
Financial Assets

Cash and cash equivalents  

Trade and other receivables 

Available-for-sale fi nancial assets 

Financial Liabilities 

Net exposure 

GBP Exposure

Financial Assets 

Loans to associates 

Financial Liabilities 

Net exposure 

Group sensitivity – US dollar

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

502,702

22,162 

138,828 

663,692 

500,000 

163,692 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

11,393 

11,393 

– 

8,003 

8,003 

– 

11,393 

8,003 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

Based on the fi nancial instruments held at balance date, had the Australian dollar strengthened by 5c or weakened by 10c 
against the US dollar with all other variables held constant, the Group’s post-tax-profi t for the year would have been $9.0m 
lower or $21.0m higher (2007: no exposure).

Th  e sensitivity to fair value movements through equity as a result of the Australian dollar strengthening by 5c or weakening 
by 10c against the US dollar would not be material. 
Group sensitivity – GBP

p . 1 2 6

Th  e sensitivity to fair value movements through equity or profi t and loss as a result of the Australian dollar strengthening 
or weakening by 5c against the GBP would not be material. Th  is sensitivity analysis was conducted based on the foreign 
exchange risk exposures in existence at the balance sheet date.
Foreign Exchange Contracts

Th  e Group uses derivative instruments such as forward exchange contracts to manage the currency risks arising from the 
Group’s operations and its sources of fi nance. 

Derivatives are exclusively used for hedging purposes and not as trading or other speculative instruments. Th  ese derivatives 
qualify for hedge accounting and are based on limits set by the Board.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES  continued
(a) Market Risk  continued
Cash fl ow hedges
At balance date details of outstanding contracts are:

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT

Notional Amounts 
$AUD 

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

Average Rate 

2008 

2007 

Notional Amounts 
$AUD

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

Average Rate

2008 

2007

Buy USD/Sell AUD 

Maturity under 1 year 

Maturity 1-5 years 

Buy AUD/Sell USD 

2,728 

2,063 

2,701 

4,791 

0.7330 

0.7404 

0.7271 

0.7305 

Maturity under 1 year 

37,635 

15,533 

0.8822 

0.7523 

Maturity 1-5 years 

151,236 

– 

0.8133 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

Th  e change in fair value of cash fl ow hedges as at balance date was negative $2.3m Australian dollars (2007: negative $1.4m)

Fair value hedges
At balance date details of outstanding contracts are:

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT

Notional Amounts 
$AUD 

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

Average Rate 

2008 

2007 

Notional Amounts 
$AUD

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

Average Rate

2008 

2007

Buy AUD/Sell USD 

Maturity 1-5 years 

82,689 

– 

0.7758 

Buy AUD/Sell CAD 

Maturity 1-5 years 

161,671 

– 

0.8041 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

Th  e change in fair value of fair value hedges as at balance date was negative $11.2m Australian dollars (2007: no exposure).

Th  e forward exchange contracts are considered to be highly eff ective hedges as they are matched against known and 
committed receivables and payments and any gain or loss on the hedged risk is taken directly to equity.

p . 1 2 7

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

36.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES  continued
(b)  Price Risk

Th  e Group is exposed to equities securities price risk. Equity securities price risk arises from investments held 
by the Group and classifi ed on the balance sheet as available-for-sale fi nancial assets.

Neither the Group nor the parent entity is exposed to commodity price risk.

Shares – unlisted 

Shares – listed 

Net exposure 

Group sensitivity

CONSOLIDATED 

PA R ENT ENTIT Y

2008 
$’000 

2007 
$’000 

2008 
$’000 

2007
$’000

507,489 

396,771 

– 

1,242 

507,489 

398,013 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

Th  e Group’s sensitivity to price risk has been estimated using valuation techniques based on the fair value of securities held. 
Had the value of securities held decreased by 5%, the Group’s post tax profi t and loss would have been $24.2m lower as at 
balance date. Had the value of securities held increased by 10%, Equity would have increased by $50.7m as at balance date.

(c)  Credit Risk

Credit risk arises from the fi nancial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other 
receivables and derivative instruments. Th  e Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from the potential default of the 
counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Exposure at balance 
date is outlined under each applicable note. 

Th  e Group does not hold any credit derivatives or collateral to off set its credit exposure.

All investment and fi nancial instruments activity is with approved counterparties with investment grade ratings and is in 
accordance with approved policies. Th  ere are no signifi cant concentrations of credit risk within the Group and the aggregate 
value of transactions is spread amongst a number of fi nancial institutions to minimise the risk of default of counterparties.

Credit risk in trade receivables is managed in the following ways:

i.  Th  e provision of credit is covered by a risk assessment process for all customers.
ii. 
iii. 

Concentrations of credit risk are minimised by undertaking transactions with a large number of customers.
 Th  e provision of cheque-cashing facilities for gaming patrons is subject to detailed policies and procedures designed 
to minimise any potential loss, including the taking up of bank opinions and the use of a central credit agency 
which collates information from major casinos around the world.

(d)  Liquidity Risk

It is the Group’s objective to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and fl exibility through the use of cash 
reserves, committed bank lines and capital markets debt in order to meet its fi nancial commitments in a timely manner.

p . 1 2 8

Th  e Group’s policy is that no more than 30% or $500 million of borrowings should mature in any 12 month period. 
At balance date 0.55% or $20 million of the Group’s debt will mature in less than 12 months (2007: 6.6%).

As at balance date the Group had $875.8 million in undrawn committed bank lines.
Maturity analysis of fi nancial assets and liabilities

Th  e table below analyses the Group’s contractual undiscounted cash fl ows of fi nancial liabilities, net and gross settled 
derivative fi nancial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at balance date to the 
contractual maturity date.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES  continued  

1 year or less 

1 to 5 years 

More than 5 years 

Balance Sheet

2008 

$’000 

2007 

$’000 

2008 

$’000 

2007 

$’000 

2008 

$’000 

2007 

$’000 

2008 

$’000 

2007

$’000

Total carrying

amount as per the

Consolidated Group
Financial Liabilities

Trade and other payables   255,108 

234,821 

24,059 

114 

– 

– 

279,167 

234,935

– 

– 

114,600 

124,600 

174,634 

174,634 

289,234 

299,234

Capital markets  

Bank loans 

Finance lease/Hire 
purchase liability 

20,000 

20,000  2,070,000 

– 

– 

46 

– 

266 

Forward exchange contracts  34,906 

22,117 

393,533 

16,462 

Interest rate swaps 

Cross currency interest 
rate swaps 

– 

– 

– 

– 

124,600 

124,600 

– 

– 

174,634 

174,634 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

5,655 

– 

–  2,090,000 

20,000

– 

– 

– 

– 

312

–

–

–

Total Financial Liabilities   310,014  276,984  2,726,792 

266,042 

349,268 

354,923  2,658,401 

554,481

Financial Assets

Cash and cash 
equivalents  

2,362,964  2,227,657 

– 

– 

Receivables – trade  

146,210 

104,572 

183,923 

16,762 

– 

– 

–  2,362,964  2,227,657

– 

330,133 

121,334

Receivables – associates 

314 

384 

228,921 

– 

– 

447,435 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

30,358 

73,339 

259,593 

73,723

– 

– 

– 

447,435

507,489 

398,013 

507,489 

398,013

Assets held for sale 

Available for sale assets 

Forward exchange 
contracts 

Interest rate swaps 

Cross currency interest 
rate swaps 

– 

– 

34,906 

22,117 

393,533 

16,462 

– 

124,600 

124,600 

– 

– 

5,655 

– 

– 

– 

– 

174,634 

174,634 

Total Financial Assets   2,544,394  2,802,165 

930,977 

157,824 

712,481 

651,641  3,460,179  3,268,162

Net Maturity 

2,234,380  2,525,181  (1,795,815)  (108,218)  363,213 

296,718 

801,778  2,713,681

p . 1 2 9

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements  continued
For the year ended 30 June 2008

36.  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES  continued  

1 year or less 

1 to 5 years 

More than 5 years 

Balance Sheet

2008 

$’000 

2007 

$’000 

2008 

$’000 

2007 

$’000 

2008 

$’000 

2007 

$’000 

2008 

$’000 

2007

$’000

Total carrying

amount as per the

Parent
Financial Liabilities

Trade and other payables 

13,408 

Total Financial Liabilities  13,408 
Financial Assets

Loans to controlled entities 

Total Financial Assets 

_ 

_ 

(e) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

178,160 

178,160 

– 

– 

– 

– 

13,408 

13,408 

178,160 

178,160 

–

–

–

–

Th  e fair value of the Group’s fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities approximates the carrying value as at balance date.

p . 1 3 0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder Information

Substantial shareholders as at 12 September 2008:

The following information is extracted from substantial shareholder notices received by Crown Limited.

Shareholder 

Number of Ordinary Shares  % of Issued Capital

Consolidated Press Holdings Limited 

Janus Capital Management LLC 

Perpetual Limited 

Holders of each class of securities

261,500,000 

54,398,725 

58,444,366 

37.92

7.98

8.58

Crown only has Ordinary Shares on issue. The total number of ordinary shares on issue is 689,676,925 
held by 62,834 shareholders.

Voting rights of ordinary shares

Crown Limited’s Constitution sets out the information in relation to the voting rights attached 
to shares. In summary, at a general meeting on a show of hands, every member present has one vote; 
and on a poll, every member present has:

(a) 

(b) 

 one vote for each fully paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member 
is entitled to vote; and

 a fraction of a vote for each partly paid share held by the member and in respect of which the 
member is entitled to vote, equivalent to the proportion which the amount paid on the share 
bears to the total amount paid and payable on the share.

Distribution of shareholders as at 12 September 2008:

Size of Holdings 

Number of Shareholders  % of Issued Capital

1 – 1,000 

1,001 – 5000 

5,001 – 10,000 

10,001 – 100,000 

100,001+ 

Total 

Holding less than a marketable parcel 

42,167 

18,363 

1,461 

734 

109 

62,834 

3,219

2.67

5.54

1.48

2.76

87.55

100.00

p . 1 3 1

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

Shareholder Information  continued

The 20 largest shareholders as at 12 September 2008:

Name 

  1.  Bareage Pty Limited 

  2.  HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited    

  3.  Consolidated Press Holdings Limited  

  4. 

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited    

  5.  National Nominees Limited    

  6. 

 RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited
  

  7.  ANZ Nominees Limited   

  8.  Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited    

  9.  Samenic Limited  

10. 

 RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited  
 

11.  UBS Nominees Pty Ltd    

12.  WIN Television NSW Pty Ltd   

13.  Cogent Nominees Pty Limited   

14. 

15. 

 RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited  
 

 Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
 

16.  Queensland Investment Corporation    

17.  UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd    

18.  Perpetual Trustee Company Limited    

19.  Consolidated Press Investments Pty Ltd   

20.  Birketu Pty Ltd 

Total 

Others 

Details of unquoted equity securities

No. of Shares  % of Issued Capital

158,486,104 

104,690,189  

88,286,136  

54,906,424  

34,800,223   

30,560,500   

20,238,534   

16,853,648   

11,136,925   

9,074,473    

7,024,351    

5,486,845    

 4,645,238    

3,695,166    

3,507,176  

3,220,451    

2,525,874    

2,417,003    

2,069,387   

2,000,001   

565,624,648 

124,052,277 

23.26

15.37

12.96

8.06

5.11

4.49

2.97

2.47

1.63

1.33

1.03

0.81

0.68

0.54

0.51

0.47

0.37

0.35

0.30

0.29

83.00

17.00

Crown Limited has 8,380,821 Shares on issue which are currently unquoted. These shares are held 
by participants in the Executive Share Plan (as described more fully in the Remuneration Report) and 
represent shares which are yet to be released from restriction in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

p . 1 3 2

Use of cash and assets

Crown was admitted to the official list of the ASX on 3 December 2007. The company used (and 
continues to use) the cash and assets in a form readily convertible to cash that it had at the time 
of admission in a manner consistent with its business objectives.

Additional Information

Shareholder enquiries

Shareholders may access their details by visiting the Share Registry’s website at www.computershare.com. 
For security reasons, shareholders need to enter their Security holder Reference Number (SRN) 
or Holding Identification Number (HIN) and postcode to access personal information. Security 
holding information may be updated online. Alternatively, download the relevant forms and have 
the completed forms mailed to the Share Registry.

Shareholders with queries about their shareholdings should contact the Share Registry, 
Computershare Investor Services, on telephone number 1300 659 795 or if calling from outside 
Australia, (61 3) 9415 4000 or by fax (61 3) 9473 2500.

Electronic shareholder communications

Shareholders who wish to receive email alerts informing them of significant announcements, 
dividend payment advices and the availability of reports on Crown Limited’s website, 
www.crownlimited.com, may either contact the Share Registry or lodge such instructions 
online at the Share Registry’s website at www.computershare.com.

Change of address

Issuer sponsored shareholders should notify the Share Registry immediately in writing or by 
telephone upon any change in their address quoting their SRN. Changes in addresses for broker 
sponsored holders should be directed to the sponsoring brokers with the appropriate HIN.

Direct payment to shareholders’ accounts

Dividends may be paid directly to any bank, building society or credit union account in Australia. 
Payments are electronically credited on the dividend date with advisory confirmation containing 
payment details mailed to shareholders. Shareholders who wish to have their dividends paid directly 
to their account should advise the Share Registry in writing.

Tax File Numbers

Crown is obliged to deduct tax at the top marginal rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked 
or partially franked dividends paid to Australian resident shareholders who have not supplied their 
Tax File Number (TFN) or exemption details. If you wish to provide your TFN or exemption details, 
please contact the Share Registry.

Consolidation of multiple holdings

If you have multiple holdings which you wish to consolidate, please advise the Share Registry 
in writing. If your holdings are broker sponsored, please contact the sponsoring broker directly.

p . 1 3 3

C R O W N   L I M I T E D   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 8

 
this page has been left blank intentionally

p . 1 3 4

this page has been left blank intentionally

p . 1 3 5

this page has been left blank intentionally

p . 1 3 6

Corporate Information

Directors
•  James D Packer  Executive Chairman
•  John H Alexander BA  Executive Deputy Chairman
•  Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons)  Chief Executive Offi  cer and Managing Director
•  Christopher J Anderson BEc
•  Christopher D Corrigan
•  Rowena Danziger BA, TC, MACE
•  Geoff rey J Dixon
•  Ashok P Jacob MBA
•  Michael R Johnston BEc, CA
•  David H Lowy AM, BCom
•  Richard W Turner AM, BEc, FCA

Chief Financial Officer
Geoff rey R Kleemann CA

Chief Executive Officer, Crown Melbourne
David G Courtney BBus, F Fin, MBA, ACA, GDipAppFin

Chief Executive Officer, Burswood
Barry J Felstead

General Counsel/Joint Company Secretary
Michael J Neilson BA, LLB

Joint Company Secretary
Mary Manos BCom, LLB (Hons)

Crown Limited’s registered office and principal corporate office
Level 3
Crown Towers
8 Whiteman Street
Southbank VIC 3006
Australia

Share Registry
Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd
Yarra Falls
452 Johnston Street
Abbotsford VIC 3067
Phone:  1300 850 505 (within Australia)

(61 3) 9415 4000 (outside Australia)
Fax: 
(61 3) 9473 2500
Website:  www.computershare.com

Stock Exchange Listing
Crown Limited’s ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Stock Exchange 
under the code “CWN”. Th  e home exchange is Melbourne.

Website
Visit our website www.crownlimited.com for media releases and fi nancial information

Auditor
Ernst & Young

Banker
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

Printer to insert FSC logo

This report is printed on Monza Satin produced with 55% recycled fi bre (25% post consumer and 30% pre 
consumer) and FSC Certifi ed pulp, which ensures that all virgin pulp is derived from well-managed forests, 
and is manufactured by an ISO 14001 certifi ed mill. Monza Recycled is an FSC Mixed Source Certifi ed Paper.

DESIGN: COLLIER & ASSOCIATES THE STRATEGIC DESIGN COMPANY #13012 

 
crown limit ed.c om
crownlimite d .c om